[go: up one dir, main page]
More Web Proxy on the site http://driver.im/

US20080182801A1 - Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors - Google Patents

Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors Download PDF

Info

Publication number
US20080182801A1
US20080182801A1 US11/980,727 US98072707A US2008182801A1 US 20080182801 A1 US20080182801 A1 US 20080182801A1 US 98072707 A US98072707 A US 98072707A US 2008182801 A1 US2008182801 A1 US 2008182801A1
Authority
US
United States
Prior art keywords
alkyl
alkoxy
core
glcnac
formula
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Abandoned
Application number
US11/980,727
Inventor
Rakesh Chibber
Russell Hagan
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
BTG International Ltd
Original Assignee
BTG International Ltd
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from GBGB0329667.0A external-priority patent/GB0329667D0/en
Priority claimed from US11/472,554 external-priority patent/US20070010460A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/481,255 external-priority patent/US20070010461A1/en
Priority claimed from US11/481,256 external-priority patent/US7998943B2/en
Application filed by BTG International Ltd filed Critical BTG International Ltd
Priority to US11/980,727 priority Critical patent/US20080182801A1/en
Assigned to BTG INTERNATIONAL LIMITED reassignment BTG INTERNATIONAL LIMITED ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST (SEE DOCUMENT FOR DETAILS). Assignors: HAGAN, RUSSELL, CHIBBER, RAKESH
Publication of US20080182801A1 publication Critical patent/US20080182801A1/en
Priority to US12/461,776 priority patent/US8197794B2/en
Priority to US13/437,563 priority patent/US20120202758A1/en
Abandoned legal-status Critical Current

Links

Images

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12QMEASURING OR TESTING PROCESSES INVOLVING ENZYMES, NUCLEIC ACIDS OR MICROORGANISMS; COMPOSITIONS OR TEST PAPERS THEREFOR; PROCESSES OF PREPARING SUCH COMPOSITIONS; CONDITION-RESPONSIVE CONTROL IN MICROBIOLOGICAL OR ENZYMOLOGICAL PROCESSES
    • C12Q1/00Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions
    • C12Q1/48Measuring or testing processes involving enzymes, nucleic acids or microorganisms; Compositions therefor; Processes of preparing such compositions involving transferase
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A23FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS; TREATMENT THEREOF, NOT COVERED BY OTHER CLASSES
    • A23LFOODS, FOODSTUFFS, OR NON-ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES, NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES A21D OR A23B-A23J; THEIR PREPARATION OR TREATMENT, e.g. COOKING, MODIFICATION OF NUTRITIVE QUALITIES, PHYSICAL TREATMENT; PRESERVATION OF FOODS OR FOODSTUFFS, IN GENERAL
    • A23L33/00Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof
    • A23L33/10Modifying nutritive qualities of foods; Dietetic products; Preparation or treatment thereof using additives
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/04Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for ulcers, gastritis or reflux esophagitis, e.g. antacids, inhibitors of acid secretion, mucosal protectants
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/16Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for liver or gallbladder disorders, e.g. hepatoprotective agents, cholagogues, litholytics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P1/00Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system
    • A61P1/18Drugs for disorders of the alimentary tract or the digestive system for pancreatic disorders, e.g. pancreatic enzymes
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P11/00Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
    • A61P11/06Antiasthmatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P13/00Drugs for disorders of the urinary system
    • A61P13/12Drugs for disorders of the urinary system of the kidneys
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P17/00Drugs for dermatological disorders
    • A61P17/06Antipsoriatics
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/04Drugs for skeletal disorders for non-specific disorders of the connective tissue
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P25/00Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P27/00Drugs for disorders of the senses
    • A61P27/02Ophthalmic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P29/00Non-central analgesic, antipyretic or antiinflammatory agents, e.g. antirheumatic agents; Non-steroidal antiinflammatory drugs [NSAID]
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/04Antibacterial agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P31/00Antiinfectives, i.e. antibiotics, antiseptics, chemotherapeutics
    • A61P31/12Antivirals
    • A61P31/14Antivirals for RNA viruses
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P33/00Antiparasitic agents
    • A61P33/02Antiprotozoals, e.g. for leishmaniasis, trichomoniasis, toxoplasmosis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P35/00Antineoplastic agents
    • A61P35/04Antineoplastic agents specific for metastasis
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P37/00Drugs for immunological or allergic disorders
    • A61P37/02Immunomodulators
    • A61P37/06Immunosuppressants, e.g. drugs for graft rejection
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/02Antithrombotic agents; Anticoagulants; Platelet aggregation inhibitors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P9/00Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system
    • A61P9/10Drugs for disorders of the cardiovascular system for treating ischaemic or atherosclerotic diseases, e.g. antianginal drugs, coronary vasodilators, drugs for myocardial infarction, retinopathy, cerebrovascula insufficiency, renal arteriosclerosis
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2333/00Assays involving biological materials from specific organisms or of a specific nature
    • G01N2333/90Enzymes; Proenzymes
    • G01N2333/91Transferases (2.)
    • G01N2333/91091Glycosyltransferases (2.4)
    • G01N2333/91097Hexosyltransferases (general) (2.4.1)
    • G01N2333/91102Hexosyltransferases (general) (2.4.1) with definite EC number (2.4.1.-)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2500/00Screening for compounds of potential therapeutic value
    • G01N2500/02Screening involving studying the effect of compounds C on the interaction between interacting molecules A and B (e.g. A = enzyme and B = substrate for A, or A = receptor and B = ligand for the receptor)
    • GPHYSICS
    • G01MEASURING; TESTING
    • G01NINVESTIGATING OR ANALYSING MATERIALS BY DETERMINING THEIR CHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
    • G01N2800/00Detection or diagnosis of diseases
    • G01N2800/28Neurological disorders
    • G01N2800/285Demyelinating diseases; Multipel sclerosis

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to the use of known and novel compounds as inhibitors of UDP-GlcNAc:Gal ⁇ 1,3GalNAc-R (GlcNAc to GalNAc) ⁇ -1,6-N-acetylglucosaminyl transferase (core 2 ⁇ -1,6 N-acetylaminotransferase, core 2 GlcNAc-T-EC 2.4.1.102).
  • the present invention relates to the use of known and novel compounds as pharmaceutical actives against diseases susceptible to treatment by modulation, eg. inhibition, of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • Inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T have application in therapy for diseases in which core 2 GlcNAc-T is implicated and especially those in which the enzyme activity is raised relative to the normal level in the tissue type concerned, or those conditions in which it is advantageous to lower the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T for example to its normal level or below.
  • diseases in which core 2 GlcNAc-T is implicated and especially those in which the enzyme activity is raised relative to the normal level in the tissue type concerned, or those conditions in which it is advantageous to lower the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T for example to its normal level or below.
  • inflammatory diseases such as atherosclerosis and multiple sclerosis, diabetes, cancer including treatment or prevention of metastasis.
  • Inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T are known but none are in clinical development as isolated actives for pharmaceutical use. Examples of known compounds are disclosed in WO0187548, Kuhns et al., Glycoconjugate Journal 10 381-394 (1993), Hindsgaul et al., J Biol Chem. 266(27):17858-62 (1991), and Toki et al, Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 198(2):417-23 (1994).
  • Applicant's co-pending application WO05/060977 discloses known and novel steroidal glycosides that have therapeutic use as Core GlcNAc-T inhibitors, discusses the basis for use of such inhibitors in therapy and discloses published documents detailing the basis for Core 2 GlcNAc-T involvement in a number of diseases. Compounds of the formula IIb are not disclosed therein.
  • the present application discloses further steroidal glycoside compounds that are inhibitors of core 2 GlcNAc-T and additional conditions in which these compounds have a therapeutic use.
  • the present inventors have determined that the compounds herein described can inhibit glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T and glucose induced binding of human leukocytes to cultured bovine retinal capillary endothelial cells as measured in assays described herein.
  • the administration of these compounds, hereinafter referred to as Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors to patients can prevent or treat the abnormal formation of core 2 O-glycans and sialyl Lewis x by inhibiting raised activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in the aforementioned disease states.
  • GalNAc N-acetylglucosamine
  • O-glycans are divided into four major subtypes ( FIG. 1 ).
  • the core 1 structure is formed by addition of galactose to form Gal ⁇ 1-3GalNAc- ⁇ Ser/Thr.
  • the core 2 structure requires the core 1 structure as substrate and is formed by addition of GlcNAc to form Gal ⁇ 1-3(GlcNAc ⁇ 1-6)GalNAc- ⁇ Ser/Thr.
  • the core 3 structure is formed by the addition of GlcNAc to form GlcNAc ⁇ 1-3GalNAc- ⁇ Ser/Thr.
  • the core 4 structure requires the core 3 structure as substrate and is formed by addition of GlcNAc to form GlcNAc ⁇ 1-3(GlcNAc ⁇ 1-6)GalNAc- ⁇ Ser/Thr.
  • Other modifications to the core GalNAc structure have also been found, but appear to be uncommon. All these core structures are further modified by galactosylation, sialylation, fucosylation, sulfation or elongation to eventually form the O-glycan.
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T Three forms of Core 2 GlcNAc-T are known.
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T I identified in from leukemic cells
  • core 2 GlcNAc-T II identified in mucin secreting tissue
  • a third thymus associated type designated core 2 GlcNAc-T III.
  • Cell surface O-glycans are known to play a crucial role in mediating cell-cell interactions in development and certain disease states.
  • the patterns of protein glycosylation are determined largely by the activity and specificity of the glycotransferase enzymes, such as core 2 GlcNAc-T which is expressed in the Golgi apparatus (Colley K. J. Glycobiology 7, 1-13 (1997) Varki A. Glycobiology 3, 97-130 (1993))
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T plays a crucial role in the biosynthesis of O-linked glycans (3-4) and represents an important regulatory step for the extension of O-linked sugars with polylactosamine (i.e. repeating Gal ⁇ 1-4GlcNAc ⁇ 1-3), a structure associated with malignant transformation (Leferte S. Cancer Res. 48, 4743-4748 (1988) Ellies L. G. Immunity 9, 881-890 (1998)).
  • Inflammation is how the body generally responds to infection or to some other form of trauma.
  • One of the major events during inflammation is the movement of cells of the immune system from the blood stream to the infected or injured area. Once at the site of injury, these cells are responsible for the isolation, destruction and removal of the offending agent.
  • Acute inflammation characterised by short duration (minutes to days), is essential for health, but sometimes the inflammatory process does not end when appropriate, and it is this that causes problems.
  • Chronic inflammation is characterised by long duration (days, weeks, months and even years), lymphocytes and macrophages, tissue destruction and repair, and vascular proliferation and fibrosis. Inflammation can also be triggered inappropriately by the body's normal constituents and plays a role in common diseases, such as asthma, rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • O-glycans reduces cell-cell interactions because of the bulkiness of these adducts.
  • the expression of core 2 O-glycans is regulated by the transcriptional levels of core 2 GlcNAc-T in all of these cases.
  • Antigen-mediated activation of peripheral T and B-cells is characterised by increased activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T and branched O-glycans on CD43 (leukosialin) (Tsuboi S., Bioassays 23, 46-53 (2001) Piller F. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263, 15146-15150 (1988)).
  • Leukocyte extravasation, lymphocyte trafficking and other processes involve O-glycan synthesised by core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • core 2 GlcNAc-T cell-surface O-glycan structures terminating in sialyl Lewis x are involved in the recruitment of leukocytes to the site of inflammation.
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T is not important for T-cell development, but over expression of this enzyme has been shown to completely block the development of myeloid lineages.
  • Over expression of core 2 O-glycans has also been reported to affect the interaction between T-cells and B-cells (TB interaction).
  • T-B interaction is crucial for humoral immune response and is mediated through binding of the CD40 ligand (CD40L) on T-cells with CD40 on B-cells (CD40L-CD40 interaction). This interaction induces the proliferation of B-cells.
  • CD40L-CD40 interaction Over expression of core 2 O-glycans has been shown to cause significant reduction in CD40L-CD40 interaction (Tsuboi S., J. Biol. Chem. 273(46), 30680-30687 (1998)).
  • inhibitors of core 2 GlcNAc-T that can reduce the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T have utility in modulating inflammation.
  • Atherosclerosis is a progressive inflammatory disease of unknown mechanism. Recruitment and adhesion of circulating leukocytes to the endothelium particularly at arterial branches and bifurcations is one of the earliest events known to occur in atherogenesis. Integrins on the leukocytes then cause a stronger attachment between the cells. Leukocytes transmigrate through into the sub-endothelial space where they begin to accumulate in the intima. Monocytes become converted to activated macrophages with the presence of oxidised low density lipoprotein (LDL-oxLDL), these activated macrophages take up the modified types of lipoprotein via their scavenger receptors and differentiate to become foam cells.
  • LDL-oxLDL oxidised low density lipoprotein
  • E-selectin At least three leukocyte adhesion molecules, E-selectin, ICAM-1, and VCAM-1, have been identified in human atherosclerosis (Guray U. et al. Int J Cardiol. 2004 96(2):235-40. O'Brien K D Circulation. 15; 93(4):672-82. (1996).). Further, in contrast to normal vessels, P selectin is overly expressed by epithelial cells in atherosclerotic lesions and expression of E-selectin and ICAM-1 (Davies M J. J Pathol. 171(3):223-9 (1993).) at the arterial lumen, has been found to be increased in arterial segments with mononuclear leukocyte accumulation.
  • VCAM-1 A third adhesion molecule, VCAM-1, has been detected in animal models of atherosclerosis, and also has been shown to be more prevalent in the intima of atherosclerotic plaques than in non atherosclerotic segments of human coronary arteries.
  • diabetic cardiomyopathy Although the clinical symptoms of diabetic cardiomyopathy have been identified, its pathogenesis is uncertain. The definition of diabetic cardiomyopathy describes both specific defects in the diabetic's myocytes, such as fibrosis leading to myocardial hypertrophy and diastolic dysfunction, and associated changes in the heart which have developed during the course of diabetes.
  • sialyl Lewis x in mouse melanoma B16-FI by transfection with the enzyme 1,3-fucosyltransferase have also confirmed the importance of sialyl Lewis x in tumour metastasis.
  • Intravenous injection of the transfected cells into mice formed a large number of lung tumour nodules, while the parent B16-FI cells scarcely formed tumours.
  • sialyl Lewis a both selectin ligand carbohydrate structures
  • raised activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T are all closely associated with malignancy of colorectal cancer (Numahata K., Blood 82(9), 2797-805 (2002))
  • inhibitors of core 2 GlcNAc-T would be expected to reduce the production of the O-glycans, for example those bearing sialyl Lewis x , and would reduce cancer invasiveness and metastasis and be useful in treatment of cancers where core 2 GlcNAc-T expression is raised above normal levels for that tissue type.
  • Diabetic retinopathy is a progressive vision threatening complication of diabetes (Klein R., Arch. Opthalmol. 107, 244-250 (1989)) characterised by capillary occlusion, formation of microvascular lesions and retinal neovascularisation adjacent to ischaemic areas of the retina (Davis M. D., Diabetes Care 15, 1844-1873 (1993) Kohner E. M. in Diabetic Angiopathy , ed. Tooke J. E., pages 233-247, Oxford University Press (1999)).
  • Inhibition of PKC ⁇ 2 activation by the specific inhibitor, LY379196 attenuates serine phosphorylation of core 2 GlcNAc-T, prevents the increase in activity and thus prevents increased leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion.
  • Such an inhibitor provides validation that reduction of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity provides a method of preventing increased leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion and preventing capillary occlusion in retinopathy associated with diabetes or hyperglycaemia.
  • Fenugreek has been used for thousands of years for the treatment of diabetes.
  • the plant contains many active ingredients, such as coumarins, saponins and glycosides.
  • Many studies (44) have demonstrated the hypoglycaemic properties of fenugreek in both animals and humans.
  • the hypoglycaemic properties have been attributed to the amino acid 4-hydroxyisoleucine which has potent insulinotropic activity (Broca C, Eur. J. Pharmacol. 390(3), 339-345 (2000), Sauvaire Y., Diabetes 47(2), 206-210 (1998)).
  • steroidal glycosides have been tested previously in a limited number of disease paradigms. For example in protection against gastric mucosal lesions in rats (Matsuda H et al Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 24; 13(6):1101-6, 2003), in mouse ear edema tests for anti inflammatory activity (Kim et al Arch Pharm Res. 22(3):313-6 (1999)), in treatment of dementia (U.S. Pat. No. 6,593,301) as “immuno-modulators” and spermatogenesis and ovulation stimulators (Vasil'eva and Paseshnichenko Adv. Exp. Med. Biol.
  • Certain plant sterol compounds some of which are used as dietary supplements, impede the uptake of cholesterol from the gut and consequently lower plasma LDL cholesterol. However these compounds are generally used in doses of several grams per day and are not known to be inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • the present invention also relates to treatments for and diagnosis of neuroinflammatory diseases and in particular multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • MS multiple sclerosis
  • Multiple sclerosis is a disease with a significant inflammatory component. Although this enzyme has been implicated in inflammation (WO 0031109), Orlacchio A. et al (1997) J Neurol Sci. 22; 151(2):177-83 discloses that the level of activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T is reduced in lymphomonocytes from patients with both relapsing remitting and progressive MS.
  • the present inventors have now surprisingly determined that Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity is in fact significantly raised in leukocyte preparations containing peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMNC) and polymorphonuclear (PMN) leukocytes from sample patients with MS.
  • PBMNC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PMN polymorphonuclear
  • Core 2 based oligosaccharides are found inter alia as a component of the ligands of proteins that are thought to mediate aspects of cell adhesion during the inflammatory response this has implications for increased leukocyte infiltration of tissues in MS.
  • the present invention is provided a method of treating a subject in need of therapy for a condition involving detrimental activity of the enzyme core 2 GlcNAc-T, particularly raised activity, comprising administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an inhibitor of core 2 GlcNAc-T of formula I to a patient in need thereof
  • R 1 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy, —NR 5 R 6 , or Sac 1;
  • R 2 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or Sac;
  • R 3 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or Sac 3;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl;
  • R 5 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl;
  • R 6 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl;
  • Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected saccharide moieties attached to the ring through an oxygen; and Z is a steroid moiety attached to the oxygen shown by its 3 position ring carbon;
  • ring A When one of R 1 to R 3 is a saccharide moiety, the ring of formula I is designated ring A.
  • R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are independently selected from H, —OH, or a saccharide moiety Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 respectively; more preferably R 1 is Sac 1; more preferably R 2 is —OH; more preferably R 3 is Sac 3;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R 4 is H, —CH 2 OH or —CH 3 ; more preferably still R 4 is —CH 2 OH; more preferably still R 4 is —CH 2 OH and the resultant moiety is a glucose or galactose moiety; most preferably a glucose moiety;
  • R 5 is H or C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 5 is H or —CH 3 ; most preferably R 5 is H;
  • R 6 is H —CH 3 or —COCH 3 ; most preferably R 6 is —COCH 3 ; and
  • Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 are attached to the ring through an oxygen; preferably Sac 1 Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected from monosaccharide moieties and disaccharide moieties; preferably monosaccharide moieties; more preferably they are independently selected from a tetrose a pentose and a hexose.
  • Sac 1 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy-aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a deoxy-aldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a 6-deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from. glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose; most preferably it is rhamnose;
  • Sac 2 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy-aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 2 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 2 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a 6-deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 2 is selected from. glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose;
  • Sac 3 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 3 is selected from arabinose, xylose, quinovose rhamnose or an aldohexose, more preferably Sac 3 is selected from arabinose, xylose, quinovose, rhamnose, mannose, glucose and galactose, most preferably Sac 3 is rhamnose or glucose; and
  • Z is a steroid moiety
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T (particularly through its involvement with branched oligosaccharide synthesis) with a number of conditions, accordingly the present inventors have determined that Core 2 GlcNAc-T modulation, particularly inhibition, may be used to treat inter alia, vascular diseases, (including complications of diabetes such as diabetic retinopathy and diabetic cardiomyopathy), autoimmune and acute or chronic inflammatory conditions.
  • vascular diseases including complications of diabetes such as diabetic retinopathy and diabetic cardiomyopathy
  • autoimmune and acute or chronic inflammatory conditions may be used to treat inter alia, vascular diseases, (including complications of diabetes such as diabetic retinopathy and diabetic cardiomyopathy), autoimmune and acute or chronic inflammatory conditions.
  • myopathy retinopathy, nephropathy, atherosclerosis, myocardial dysfunction, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, transplant rejection, ischemia reperfusion injury (eg stroke, myocardial ischemia, intestinal reperfusion e.g.
  • Cancers may include, for example, leukemias (for example myoblastic leukemia), lymphomas, melanomas, adenomas, sarcomas, and carcinomas of solid tissues; particularly cancers include prostate, testicular, mammary, pancreatic, cervical, uterine, kidney, lung, rectum, breast, gastric, thyroid, neck, cervix, bowel, salivary gland, bile duct, pelvis, mediastinum, urethra, bronchogenic, bladder, esophagus, colon, small intestine and sarcomas (eg. Kaposi's sarcoma) and adenomatous polyps.
  • leukemias for example myoblastic leukemia
  • lymphomas melanomas
  • adenomas sarcomas
  • carcinomas of solid tissues particularly cancers include prostate, testicular, mammary, pancreatic, cervical, uterine, kidney, lung, rectum, breast, gastric
  • Particularly susceptible cancers for treatment are leukemia oral cavity carcinomas, pulmonary cancers such as pulmonary adenocarcinoma, colorectal cancer, bladder carcinoma, liver tumours, stomach tumours colon tumours, prostate cancer, testicular tumour, mammary cancer, lung tumours oral cavity carcinomas.
  • pulmonary cancers such as pulmonary adenocarcinoma, colorectal cancer, bladder carcinoma, liver tumours, stomach tumours colon tumours, prostate cancer, testicular tumour, mammary cancer, lung tumours oral cavity carcinomas.
  • Particular application is found in cancer or its metastasis where Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity is raised. or is raised above normal levels for that tissue type.
  • the compound of the formula I is a compound of the formula IIa or formula IIb
  • R 2 is H, —OH, or C 1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R 2 is H or —OH; R 4 is as defined above; and Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected saccharide moieties.
  • More preferred compounds are those of the formula IIa or IIb wherein R 4 is H, —CH 2 OH or —CH 3 ;
  • R 4 is —CH 2 OH
  • R 4 is —CH 2 OH and the moiety A is a glucose moiety
  • R 3 is preferably H or —OH.
  • Ring A is either glucose or galactose; preferably glucose; Sac 1 is selected from glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose and is preferably rhamnose; Sac 3 is selected from glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose; preferably glucose.
  • saccharides Sac 1 and Sac 2 include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides and polysaccharides.
  • Sac 1 and Sac 2 are monosaccharides, but may be independently selected as di- or oligosaccharides.
  • Sac 1 and Sac 2 are independently selected from a tetrose a pentose and a hexose;
  • Sac 1 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy-aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from the group consisting of arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a 6-deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from. glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose; more preferably it is rhamnose.
  • Sac 2 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac2 is selected from arabinose, xylose, quinovose rhamnose or an aldohexose, more preferably Sac2 is selected from the group consisting of arabinose, xylose, quinovose, rhamnose, glucose, mannose, gulose, altrose, allose idose and talose, more preferably still Sac2 is rhamnose or glucose; most preferably it is glucose.
  • the group A is glucose or galactose
  • Sac 1 is rhamnose
  • Sac 2 is arabinose
  • xylose quinovose
  • rhamnose glucose, mannose, galactose, altrose, allose idose and talose, more preferably is glucose or rhamnose.
  • ring A is a glucose moiety, and which formulae may be written
  • Rha represents rhamnose
  • Glc represents glucose
  • 2, 3 and 4 are the positions of ring A to which the saccharides are attached.
  • R 1 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy, —NR 5 R 6 , or Sac 1; preferably R 1 is —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or —NR 5 R 6 ; more preferably R 1 is —NR 5 R 6
  • R 3 is H, —OH or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 3 is H or —OH
  • R 4 and Sac2 are as defined above;
  • Preferred compounds of the formula IV are compounds in which:
  • R 1 is —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or NR 5 R 6 ;
  • R 4 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; Sac 2 is glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose
  • More preferred compounds of the formula IV are those in which: R 1 is —NH—C 1-6 -acyl; R 4 is —CH 3 or —CH 2 OH; Most preferred are the compounds of the formula IV which are of the formula Gal ⁇ 1 ⁇ 3(6-deoxy)GalNAc ⁇ -Z
  • steroid moiety denotes a moiety comprising a tetracyclic ring system shown as formula V:
  • the steroid moiety ring system is modified, for example by the addition of one or more further rings and/or one or more double bonds and/or one or more substituents.
  • the saccharide ring A is attached to the steroid moiety at the 3 position.
  • the steroid moiety may for example have the ring system of cholestane, pregnane, androstane, estrane, cholesterol, cholane, progestin, a mineralocorticoid, such as dehydroepiandrosterone or its 7-keto or 7-hydroxy analogue or a bile acid.
  • the steroid moiety is that of a steroid that is in itself beneficial or neutral.
  • neutral is meant that the steroid ring is that which is considered suitable, whether as approved eg. by the FDA or as GRAS, for use in a human or animal.
  • beneficial is meant that the steroid has effects of benefit to the human or animal if it were administered separately.
  • the steroid moiety Z may for example be that of a steroidal sapogenin derivable from natural sources (for example plant sources) or a steroidal moiety which is itself derivable from such steroidal sapogenins by chemical modification.
  • the sapogenin may for example be that of a furostanol glycoside, a spirostanol glycoside (including those with nitrogen and oxygen containing rings) a damarane glycoside or other steroidal saponin.
  • the steroid moiety Z for example may be a steroid moiety of the formula VI
  • Groups or rings that may be incorporated into the steroid core V or VI are selected from those set out in formulae VI a to VI e wherein the dotted lines represent the relevant rings of the steroid core.
  • R 7 , R 14 , R 22 and R 24 are independently selected from H and —OH;
  • R 8 , R 18 , R 23 , R 27 R 29 and R 33 are independently selected from C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 8 , R 18 , R 23 , R 27 , R 29 and R 33 are —CH 3 ;
  • R 9 , R 11 and R 16 are independently selected from H and C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 9 , R 11 and R 16 are independently selected from H and —CH 3 ;
  • R 10 is H or —OH or the H normally also present is absent and R 10 is ⁇ O;
  • R 12 is H, —OH or C 1-6 acyl or a group selected from VII a or VII b; preferably R 12 is H, —OH or acetyl or a group selected from VII a or VII b;
  • R 13 is H.
  • R 15 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or —OH or R 13 and R 15 taken together form a —CH 2 —CH 2 — group; preferably R 15 is H, —OH or —CH 3 or R 13 and R 15 taken together form a —CH 2 —CH 2 — group;
  • R 17 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; preferably R 17 is H, —CH 2 OH, or —CH 3 .
  • R 19 is H or —OH.
  • R 20 is H, —OH or C 1-6 alkoxy or R 19 and R 20 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R 20 is H, —OH or —OCH 3 or R 19 and R 20 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R 21 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl or a C 1-6 alkyl or C 2-6 alkenyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4; preferably R 21 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl, C 2-6 alkynyl or a C 1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4; more preferably R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl, or a C 1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4; more preferably R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl or a C 1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, 1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4; more preferably R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl or
  • R 21 may be 3-methylenebutyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4.
  • R 21 may be 4-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl.
  • R 25 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ⁇ CH 2 ; preferably R 25 is —CH 3 , —CH 2 OH or ⁇ CH 2 ;
  • R 26 is —OH
  • R 28 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 2-6 alkenyl or C 2-6 alkynyl; preferably R 28 is C 2-6 alkenyl; most preferably it is 2-methylprop-2-enyl
  • R 30 is C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl
  • R 31 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 5; preferably R 31 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 5; more preferably R 31 is —CH 3 or —CH 2 -Sac 5.
  • R 32 is C 1-8 alkyl, C 2-8 alkenyl or C 2-8 alkynyl; preferably R 32 is C 1-8 alkyl or C 2-8 alkenyl; more preferably 3-ethyl-4-methyl-pentanyl or 5-methyl-hex-4-enyl;
  • R 34 is C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 6; preferably R 34 is C 1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 6; more preferably R 34 is —CH 2 -Sac 6;
  • R 35 is C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 35 is —CH 3 ;
  • Sac 4, Sac 5 and Sac 6 are independently selected saccharides; preferably Sac 4, Sac5 and Sac 6 are independently selected monosaccharides; more preferably they are independently selected a hexose, a pentose or a tetrose; more preferably still they are independently selected from glucose, galactose, quinovose, fucose, arabinose and xylose, most preferably they are glucose.
  • X is either O or NH; preferably X is O.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; and R 12 is VII(a); preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(a); R 15 is C 1-6 alkyl and R 10 is H or —OH; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(a); R 15 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 10 is H or —OH, R 16 is C 1-6 alkyl and R 17 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl.
  • R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; and R 12 is VII(b); preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(b) and R 16 , R 17 and R 15 are C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(b) and R 16 , R 17 and R 15 are C 1-6 alkyl and R 10 is H or —OH.
  • steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; and R 12 is C 1-6 acyl; preferably R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is C 1-6 acyl; R 16 and R 17 are H R 15 is H or —OH.
  • steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; and R 12 is VII b; preferably R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is VIIb; R 16 and R 17 are H; and R 15 is H or —OH;
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI a are those in which R 9 is H, R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is H or —OH; R 16 and R 17 are H and R 21 is a C 2-6 alkenyl group or a C 1-6 alkyl or C 2-6 alkenyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH 3 and Sac 4, preferably R 21 is a C 2-6 alkenyl group or a C 1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH 3 and Sac 4 preferably R 8 is C 1-6 alkyl and R 9 is H and R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is H or —OH; R 16 and R 17 are H and R 21 is 3-methyl but-2-eneyl, 2-methyl-prop-2-enyl, 3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac4, 1-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position
  • steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI a are those in which R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 20 is H; and R 21 is a C 2-6 alkenyl; preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 20 is H; R 21 is a C 2-6 alkenyl; and R 10 is H; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 20 is H; R 21 is a C 2-6 alkenyl; R 10 is H; and R 15 is —OH or —CH 2 —CH 2 —; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 20 is H; R 21 is a C 2-6 alkenyl; R 10 is H; R 15 is —OH or —CH 2 —CH 2 —; and R 16 and R 17 is C 1-6 alkyl.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI c are those in which R 8 is C 1-6 alkyl and R 9 is H and R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is H or —OH; R 15 is H or —OH; R 16 and R 17 are H; more preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI c are those in which R 8 is C 1-6 alkyl and R 9 is H and R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is H or —OH; R 15 is H or —OH; R 16 and R 17 are H and X is O.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; and R 12 is VII(a); preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(a); R 15 is C 1-6 alkyl and R 10 is H or —OH; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(a); R 15 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 10 is H or —OH, R 16 is C 1-6 alkyl and R 17 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl.
  • R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; and R 12 is VII(b); preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(b) and R 16 , R 17 and R 15 are C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 11 is H; R 12 is VII(b) and R 16 , R 17 and R 15 are C 1-6 alkyl and R 10 is H.
  • steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; and R 12 is C 1-6 acyl; preferably R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is C 1-6 acyl; R 16 and R 17 are H; R 15 is H or —OH.
  • steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; and R 12 is VII b; preferably R 9 is H; R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is VIIb; R 16 and R 17 are H; and R 15 is H or —OH;
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI(a) are those in which R 9 is H, R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is H or —OH; R 16 and R 17 are H and R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl or a C 1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH 3 and Sac 4; preferably R 9 is H and R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 12 is H or —OH; R 16 and R 17 are H and R 21 is selected from the group comprising 3-methyl but-2-eneyl, 2-methyl-prop-2-enyl, 3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4, 1-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by S 3 or 1-methoxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4.
  • R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl, and R 11 is H and R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl; preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl, R 11 is H, R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl, R 16 and R 17 are C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl, and R 11 is H, R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl, R 16 and R 17 are C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 9 is C 1-6 alkyl, and R 11 is H, R 21 is C 2-6 alkenyl, R 16 and R 17 are C 1-6 alkyl; and R 19 is —OH.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI(c) are those in which R 9 is H, R 11 is C 1-6 alkyl, R 12 is H or —OH, R 15 is H or —OH; R 16 and R 17 are H.
  • preferred steroid moieties of formula VI a and VI b are those having the ring structures illustrated in FIG. 1 still more preferably having the substitutions as set forth therein.
  • the chiral centre at the carbon labelled “25” can be in either the R or S configuration.
  • More preferred steroid moieties, Z, of the formula VI c in which X ⁇ O are for example those having the radicals of sarsasapogenin, smilagenin, 12 ⁇ -hydroxysmilagenin, rhodeasapogenin, isorhodiasapogenin, samogenin, 12 ⁇ -hydroxysamogenin, markogenin, yonogenin, convallagenin A, convallagenin B, tokorogenin, tigogenin, neotigogenin, gitogenin, agigenin digitogenin, chlorogenin, paniculogenin, (25R)-spirostan-3 ⁇ ,17 ⁇ ,21-triol, allogenin, (25R)-5 ⁇ -spirostan-2 ⁇ ,3 ⁇ ,5 ⁇ ,6 ⁇ -tetraol, (24S,25R)-5 ⁇ -spirostan-2 ⁇ ,3 ⁇ ,5 ⁇ ,6 ⁇ ,24-pentaol, yamogenin diosgenin,
  • Preferred steroid moieties, Z, of the formula VI c in which X ⁇ NH are for example those that have the radicals of: solasodine, soladulcidine, tomatidine and 5-dehydrotomatidine.
  • Preferred steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI c are those having the ring structures illustrated in FIG. 2 ; still more preferably having the substitutions as set forth therein.
  • steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI are those having the ring structures of FIG. 3 ; still more preferably having the substitutions as set forth therein.
  • Preferred steroid moieties VI i to VI xxxiii of FIG. 3 can be derived from steroidal glycoside compounds herein, of references of table 2 and additionally from the following references: Hostettman K. and Marston A (1995), ibid., Mimaki et al Phytochemistry 37(1):227-32 (1994), Li et al Phytochemistry 29(12), 3893-8 (1990), Hernandez et al bioorganic and med. chem. 12(16) 4423-4429 (2004), Renault et al, Phytochemistry, 44(7), 1321-1327 (1997). Zheng et al Steroids, 69(2), 111-119 (2004), Yoshikawa et al.
  • Preferred compounds of the formula I combine preferred steroid moieties -Z- with preferred saccharide moieties.
  • compounds of the invention are those of the formula IIIa in which the steroid moiety -Z- is selected from group V which incorporate the further group VIa and in which R 7 , R 9 , R 10 , R 13 , R 14 , R 16 , R 17 and R 19 are H; R 12 is H or —OH; R 8 , R 11 and R 18 are —CH 3 ; R 15 is H or —OH; R 20 is —OH or —OCH 3 and R 21 is 4-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl, 3-methylenebutyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc, 3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc, 1-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc or 1-methoxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc.
  • R 21 is 3-methylenebutyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc then the compound of the formula IIIa is compound 25 of table 1a. and when R 21 is 4-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl, then the compound of the formula IIIa is either compound 9 or compound 10 of table 1.
  • the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor preferably comprises a sugar-derived substituent.
  • sugar-derived substituent means a saccharide, in which optionally one or more hydrogens and/or one or more hydroxyl groups have been replaced by —R, —OR, —SR, —NR wherein R is methyl, ethyl or propyl to form a derivative.
  • Saccharides include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides and polysaccharides.
  • Monosaccharides include, but are not limited to, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, ribose, glucose, mannose, galactose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, ribulose, xylulose, fructose, sorbose, tagatose, psicose, sedoheptulose, deoxyribose, fucose, rhamnose, 2-deoxy-glucose, quinovose, abequose, glucosamine, mannosamine, galactosamine, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetyl-glucosamine, N-acetyl-mannosamine, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, N-glycolylneur
  • the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor comprises at least one sugar-derived substituent; more preferably, the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor comprises at least two sugar-derived substituents.
  • each sugar-derived substituent is independently a mono-, di-, tri- or tetrasacharide; more preferably, each sugar-derived substituent is independently a mono- or trisaccharide.
  • the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor is a compound of the formula VIII
  • R 101 is —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy, —NR 108 R 109 , or a monosaccharide of the formula: IXa:
  • R 101 is —OH, —NR 108 R 109 , or a monosaccharide of the formula IXa; more preferably R 101 is —NR 108 R 109 , or a monosaccharide of the formula IXa; most preferably R 101 is a monosaccharide of the formula IXa;
  • R 102 is —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or a monosaccharide of the formula IXb:
  • R 102 is —OH or a monosaccharide of the formula IXb; more preferably R 102 is —OH or a monosaccharide of the formula IXb; most preferably R 102 is —OH;
  • R 103 is —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or a monosaccharide of the formula IXc:
  • R 103 is —OH or a monosaccharide of the formula IXc; more preferably R 103 is a monosaccharide of the formula IXc; most preferably R 103 is glucose;
  • R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R 104 is —CH 2 OH or —CH 3 ; most preferably R 104 is —CH 2 OH;
  • R 105 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 105 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R 105 is —CH 3 , —C 2 H 5 , —CH 2 OH or —C 2 H 4 OH; most preferably R 105 is —CH 3 ;
  • R 106 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 106 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably R 106 is —CH 2 OH or —CH 3 ; most preferably R 106 is —CH 2 OH;
  • R 107 is C 2-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 107 is C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; more preferably R 107 is —CH 2 OH or C 1-6 alkoxymethyl; most preferably R 107 is —CH 2 OH;
  • R 108 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl; preferably R 108 is H or C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 108 is H or CH 3 ; most preferably R 108 is H;
  • R 109 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl; preferably R 109 is H or C 1-6 acyl more preferably R 109 is H or —COCH 3 ; most preferably R 109 is —COCH 3 ; and
  • Z is a steroid group
  • R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably —CH 2 OH or —CH 3 ; most preferably —CH 2 OH;
  • R 105 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 105 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R 105 is —CH 3 , —C 2 H 5 , —CH 2 OH or —C 2 H 4 OH; most preferably R 105 is —CH 3 ; and
  • R 107 is C 2-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 107 is C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; more preferably R 107 is —CH 2 OH or C 1-6 alkoxymethyl; most preferably R 107 is —CH 2 OH.
  • R 104 is C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 alkyl
  • R 105 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl
  • R 107 is C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl.
  • R 104 is —CH 2 OH or —CH 3 ;
  • R 105 is —CH 3 ; and R 107 is —CH 3 OH.
  • Most preferred compounds of the formula X are compounds of the formula VIII wherein: R 101 is rhamnose; R 102 is —OH; R 103 is glucose; and R 104 is —CH 2 OH.
  • R 101 is —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or NR 108 R 109 , or a monosaccharide of the formula IXa:
  • R 101 is —OH, or NR 108 R 109 ; more preferably R 101 is NR 108 R 109 .
  • R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl; most preferably —CH 3 ;
  • R 105 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 105 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R 105 is —CH 3 or —CH 2 OH; most preferably R 105 is —CH 3 ; and
  • R 106 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 106 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably R 106 is —CH 2 OH or —CH 3 ; most preferably R 106 is —CH 2 OH;
  • R 108 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl; preferably R 108 is H or C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 108 is H or CH 3 ; most preferably R 108 is H;
  • R 109 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl; preferably R 109 is H or C 1-6 acyl more preferably R 109 is H or —COCH 3 ; most preferably R 109 is —COCH 3 ; and
  • Z is a steroid group.
  • Preferred compounds of the formula XII are compounds in which R 101 is —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or NR 108 R 109 ; R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; R 106 is C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; R 108 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl; and R 109 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 acyl.
  • More preferred compounds of the formula XII are those in which R 101 is —NH—C 1-6 -acyl; R 104 is C 1-6 alkyl or —CH 2 OH; and R 106 is C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl.
  • R 112 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 112 is H or —OH; most preferably R 112 is H;
  • R 113 is H, —OH, ⁇ O, or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 113 is H or —OH; most preferably R 113 is H;
  • R 114 is H, —OH or C 1-6 alkyl or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R 114 is H or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R 115 is H, or —OH, or R 115 and R1 33 taken together are ⁇ O; preferably R 115 is H, or R 115 and R 133 taken together are ⁇ O; more preferably R 115 is H;
  • R 116 is H, OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 116 is H or ⁇ O; more preferably R 116 is H;
  • R 117 is H, OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 117 is H or —OH; more preferably R 117 is H;
  • R 118 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 118 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R 118 is H or OH; most preferably R 118 is H;
  • R 119 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 119 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 119 is H, OH or C 1-6 alkyl; most preferably R 119 is C 1-6 alkyl; and particularly R 119 is —CH 3 ;
  • R 120 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 120 is H, —OH, or C 1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R 120 is —OH or C 1-6 alkoxy; most preferably R 120 is —OH;
  • R 121 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or is a group of the formula XIV:
  • R 121 is a group of the formula XIV;
  • R 122 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 122 is H, OH, or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 122 is H or OH, —OCH 3 or —O—C 2 H 5 ; most preferably R 122 is H;
  • R 123 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl, ⁇ CH 2 or ⁇ CH—C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 123 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl, ⁇ CH 2 or ⁇ CH—C 1-6 -alkyl; more preferably R 123 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ⁇ CH 2 ; most preferably R 123 is —C 2 H 4 OH, —CH 2 OH, C 1-6 alkyl, or ⁇ CH 2 , even more preferably R 123 is —C 2 H 4 OH, —CH 2 OH, —C 2 H 5 , —CH 3 or ⁇ CH 2 and particularly R 123 is —CH 3 or ⁇ CH 2 ; and
  • R 124 is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 acyl or a monosaccharide Sac 7; preferably R 124 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 acyl or a monosaccharide Sac 7; more preferably R 124 is C 1-6 acyl or a monosaccharide SAC 7; most preferably R 124 is a monosaccharide Sac 7.
  • R 128 and R 129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; preferably R 128 is H and R 129 is —OH; more preferably both R 128 and R 129 are H;
  • R 132 is H, OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 132 is H or OH; most preferably R 132 is H; and
  • R 133 is H, or R 133 and R 115 taken together are ⁇ O, or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R 133 is H or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • Sac 7 is selected from a group consisting of arabinose, xylose, lyxose, ribose, glucose, mannose, galactose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, ribulose, xylulose, fructose, sorbose, tagatose, psicose, sedoheptulose, deoxyribose, fucose, rhamnose, 2-deoxy-glucose, quinovose, abequose, glucosamine, mannosamine, galactosamine, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetyl-glucosamine, N-acetyl-mannosamine, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, N-glycolylneuraminic
  • Y is N or O; preferably Y is O.
  • Preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are those in which R 121 is of the formula XIV and Y is O.
  • More preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are those in which:
  • R 112 , R 113 , R 115 and R 128 each represent H; R 114 is H, or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R 116 is H, or ⁇ O; R 117 is H or —OH; R 118 is H or —OH; R 119 is H, or C 1-6 alkyl; R 121 is of the formula VIII; R 122 is H, —OH, or C 1-6 alkoxy; R 124 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 acyl, or glucose; R 129 is H or —OH; and R 132 is H or —OH.
  • the most preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are those in which R 112 , R 113 , R 115 , R 116 , R 117 , R 122 , R 128 each represent H; R 114 is H, or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R 120 is —OH or C 1-6 alkoxy; R 121 is of the formula XIV; R 123 is —CH 3 or ⁇ CH 2 ; R 124 is C 1-6 acyl or glucose; R 129 is H or —OH; and R 132 is H.
  • the most preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are selected from the group consisting of:
  • R 118 is H or OH;
  • R 120 is OH or C 1-6 alkoxy;
  • R 124 is glucose or C 1-6 acyl;
  • R 129 is H or OH.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the formula VIII in which the steroid group is of the formula XIII are trigoneoside IVa, glycoside F, shatavarin I, compound 3, pardarinoside C, whose structures are summarised in Table 1a.
  • the steroid group may be a steroidal sapogenin of the formula XV:
  • R 112 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 112 is H or —OH; most preferably R 112 is H;
  • R 113 is H, —OH, ⁇ O, or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 113 is H or —OH; most preferably R 113 is H;
  • R 114 is H —OH or C 1-6 alkyl or R 114 and R 13 3 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R 114 is H or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R 115 is H, or —OH, or R 115 and R 133 taken together are ⁇ O; preferably R 115 is H, or R 115 and R 133 taken together are ⁇ O; more preferably R 115 is H;
  • R 116 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 116 is H or ⁇ O; more preferably R 116 is H;
  • R 117 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 117 is H or —OH; more preferably R 117 is H;
  • R 118 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 118 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R 118 is H or OH; most preferably R 118 is H;
  • R 119 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 119 is H, OH, or C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 19 is C 1-6 alkyl; and particularly R 119 is —CH 3 ;
  • R 120 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 120 is H, —OH, or C 1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R 120 is —OH or C 1-6 alkoxy; most preferably R 120 is —OH;
  • R 127 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl; preferably R 127 is H, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R 127 is H or C 1-6 alkyl; most preferably R 127 is methyl, ethyl or propyl;
  • R 128 and R 129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; preferably both R 128 and R 129 are H;
  • R 132 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 132 is H or —OH; most preferably R 132 is H; and
  • R 133 is H, or R 133 and R 115 taken together are ⁇ O, or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R 133 is H or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XV are those in which: R 112 is H or —OH; R 113 is H or —OH; R 114 is H or —OH, or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R 115 is H or —OH R 116 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; R 117 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; R 118 is H or —OH R 127 is C 1-6 alkyl; and R 128 and R 129 are the same or different and each represent H or —OH; R 132 is H, —OH or ⁇ O.
  • More preferably steroidal sapogenins of the formula XV are those in which: R 112 is H or —OH; R 113 is H or —OH; R 114 is H or —OH, or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R 115 is H or —OH; R 116 is H or ⁇ O; R 117 is H, —OH; R 118 is H or —OH; R 127 is C 1-6 alkyl; R 128 and R 129 are the same or different and each represent H or —OH; and R 132 is H or —OH.
  • steroidal sapogenins of the formula XV are those in of the general formula IXa:
  • R 112 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 112 is H or —OH; most preferably R 112 is H;—
  • R 113 is H, —OH, ⁇ O, or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 113 is H or —OH; most preferably R 113 is H;
  • R 114 is H, —OH or C 1-6 alkyl or R 114 and R1 33 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R 114 is H or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R 115 is H, or —OH, or R 115 and R 133 taken together are ⁇ O; preferably R 115 is H, or R 115 and R 133 taken together are ⁇ O; more preferably R 115 is H;
  • R 116 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 116 is H or ⁇ O; more preferably R 116 is H;
  • R 117 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 117 is H or —OH; more preferably R 117 is H;
  • R 118 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkoxy or C 1-6 alkyl; preferably R 118 is H, OH, C 1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R 118 is H or —OH; most preferably R 118 is H;
  • R 119 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 119 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 119 is H, —OH or C 1-6 alkyl; most preferably R 119 is C 1-6 alkyl; and particularly R 119 is —CH 3 ;
  • R 125 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkyl or C 1-6 alkoxy; preferably R 125 is H or —OH; more preferably R 125 is H;
  • R 126 is H, —OH, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl, ⁇ CH 2 or ⁇ CH—C 1-6 -alkyl; preferably R 126 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl, ⁇ CH 2 or ⁇ CHC 1-6 alkyl; more preferably R 126 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ⁇ CH 2 ; most preferably R 126 is —C 2 H 4 OH, —CH 2 OH, C 1-6 alkyl, or ⁇ CH 2 , even more preferably R 126 is —C 2 H 4 OH, —CH 2 OH, —C 2 H 5 , —CH 3 or ⁇ CH 2 and particularly R 126 is —CH 3 or ⁇ CH 2 ;
  • R 128 and R 129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; preferably both R 128 and R 129 are H;
  • R 131 is H or —OH; preferably R 131 is H;
  • R 132 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; preferably R 132 is H or —OH; most preferably R 132 is H;
  • R 133 is H, or R 133 and R 15 taken together are ⁇ O, or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R 133 is H or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R 134 is H or —OH; preferably R 134 is H; and
  • X is O, S or NH; preferably X is O or NH; more preferably X is O.
  • Preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are those in which: R 12 is H or —OH; R 113 is H or —OH; R 114 is H or —OH, or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R 115 , R 118 R 128 and R 129 are the same or different and each represent H or —OH, R 116 is H, OH or ⁇ O; R 117 is H, —OH or ⁇ O; R 118 is H, —OH or C 1-6 -alkoxy; R 119 is H, or C 1-6 alkyl; R 126 is H, C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl, ⁇ CH 2 or ⁇ CH—C 1-6 -alkyl; R 129 is H or —OH; R 131 is H or —OH; R 132 is H, —OH or ⁇
  • More preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are those in which:
  • R 112 , R 113 , R 115 and R 128 each represent H; R 114 is H, or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R 116 is H, or ⁇ O; R 117 is H or —OH; R 118 is H or —OH; R 119 is H, or C 1-6 alkyl; R 126 is C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ⁇ CH 2 ; R 128 is H; R 129 is H or —OH; R 132 is H or —OH; and R 133 is H, or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms.
  • R 112 , R 113 , R 115 , R 116 , R 117 , R 125 , R 128 , R 131 , R 132 and R 134 each represent H;
  • R 114 is H, or R 114 and R 133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R 118 is H or —OH;
  • R 119 is C 1-6 alkyl;
  • R 126 is C 1-6 alkyl or ⁇ CH 2 ;
  • R 129 is H or —OH;
  • R 132 is H;
  • R 133 is H, or R 133 and R 114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms.
  • steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are those selected from the groups:
  • Particularly preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are diosgenin, yamogenin, tigogenin, neotigogenin, sarsasapogenin, smilagenin, hecogenin, solasodine or tomatidine.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the formula VIII are those combining preferred steroid groups with preferred saccharide groups.
  • the preferred compounds have the following chemical names:
  • Protodioscin is [(3 ⁇ ,22 ⁇ ,25R)-26-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 4)]- ⁇ -D-Glucopyranoside]
  • pseudoprotodioscin is [(3 ⁇ ,22 ⁇ ,25R)-26-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyloxy)-furosta-5,20(22)-dien-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 4)]- ⁇ -D-Glucopyranoside]
  • protoneodioscin is [(3 ⁇ ,22 ⁇ ,25S)-26-( ⁇ -D-glu
  • Compound 8a is (3 ⁇ ,25R)-26-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-methoxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 4)]- ⁇ -D-Glucopyranoside
  • compound 12a is [(3 ⁇ ,12 ⁇ ,25R)-12-hydroxyspirostan-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 2)-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 4)]- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside]
  • compound 13a is [(25S)-spirost-5-ene-3 ⁇ 27-diol 3-O- ⁇ 6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 2)-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 4)]- ⁇ -D-glucopyran
  • Preferred compounds of the formula I of the formula IIIb are protogracillin proto neogracillin methylprotogracillin, methylprotoneogracillin, pseudoprotogracillin, dracenoside Q dioscoreside E, dracenoside P tuberoside C icogenin gracillin, collettiside IV 17-OH gracillin dracaenoside H dracaenoside L, dracaenoside I, lilioglycoside H, lilioglycoside I, dracaenoside D, neoalsoside A, neoalsoside C and hoduloside V, Lotoside II
  • Protogracillin is [(3 ⁇ ,22 ⁇ ,25R)-26-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 3)]- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside]
  • proto neogracillin is [(3 ⁇ ,22 ⁇ ,25S)-26-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 3)]- ⁇ -D-Glucopyranoside]
  • methylprotogracillin is [(3 ⁇ ,22 ⁇ ,25R)-26-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-
  • compound 17b is [(3 ⁇ ,24R,25R)-17,24-dihydroxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 3)]- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside]
  • compound 21b is [(3 ⁇ )-21-( ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyloxy)-20-hydroxydammar-24-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 3)]- ⁇ -D-glucopyranoside]
  • compound 25b is [(3 ⁇ ,16 ⁇ ,22R)-16,22:16,30-diepoxy-20-hydroxydammar-24-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy- ⁇ -L-mannopyranosyl-(1 ⁇ 2)-O-[ ⁇ -D-glucopyranos
  • any preferred substituent such as C 1-6 alkyl, C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl
  • substituents are more preferred with 1 to 4 carbon atoms (ie C 1-4 ), are more preferred still with 1 or 2 carbon atoms (ie methyl or ethyl) and are most preferred with only one carbon atom (ie are in the methyl form).
  • partial substituents such as the C 1-6 alkyl group or C 1-6 alkoxy group of C 1-6 -alkoxy-C 1-6 -alkyl are said to be composed of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (ie C 1-6 ) such substituents are, independently one of the other, more preferred with 1 to 4 carbon atoms (ie C 1-4 ), are more preferred still with 1 or 2 carbon atoms (ie methyl or ethyl) and are most preferred with only one carbon atom (ie are in the methyl form).
  • Alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl radicals may, where the number of carbons in the chain permits, be either straight-chain or branched chain.
  • C 1-6 alkyl radicals may be, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl, isopentyl, 2,2-dimethyl propyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl and 1,3-dimethylbutyl.
  • C 2-6 alkenyl radicals may be, for example, allyl, 1-methylprop-2-enyl, 2-methylprop-2-enyl, 2-methyl prop-1-enyl, but-2-enyl, but-3-enyl, 1-methyl-but-3-enyl, 1-methyl-but-2-enyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl; where the alkenyl radical consists of 2-8 carbon atoms, the possible arrangements include, in addition to those possible for radicals with 2-6 carbon atoms, the following preferred radicals 5-methyl-hex-5-enyl, 4-methyl-hex-5-enyl, 3,4-dimethyl-hex-2-enyl.
  • C 2-6 . alkynyl may be, for example, propargyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl, 1-methylbut-3-ynyl,
  • a C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl group may, where chemically possible, be either a C 1-6 monohydroxyalkyl or a C 1-6 dihydroxyalkyl group.
  • moieties may be, in turn, substituted by a saccharide moiety it is preferred that the bond is through an oxygen to form a group such as:
  • the saccharide moiety A comprises multiple chiral centres.
  • each of the carbon atoms 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 can, independently, be in the R or S form.
  • A can, independently, be in either the alpha or beta anomeric form.
  • the beta anomeric form is preferred.
  • the saccharide moiety A can be in the D or L form; the D form is preferred.
  • the monosaccharide A can take a number of forms.
  • the saccharide moiety may, for example, be arranged as arabinopyranose, lyxopyranose, ribopyranose or xylopyranose; preferably it is xylopyranose or ribopyranose; more preferably it is xylopyranose.
  • the saccharide moiety is a 6-deoxy hexopyranose, and may be arranged as 6-deoxyallose, 6-deoxyaltrose, 6-deoxygalactose (fucose), 6-deoxyglucose (quinovose), 6-deoxygulose, 6-deoxyidose, 6-deoxymannose (rhamnose) or 6-deoxytalose preferably it is 6-deoxyallose or quinovose; preferably it is quinovose.
  • R 4 is —CH 2 OH and R 1 , R 2 and R 3 are —OH
  • the saccharide moiety is a hexopyranose and may be, for example, allose, altrose, galactose, glucose gulose, idose, mannose or talose; preferably it is allose, galactose or glucose, more preferably glucose.
  • R 4 is —CH 2 OH, R 2 and R 3 are —OH
  • R 1 is NR 5 R 6 and R 5 and R 6 are H
  • the saccharide may be arranged as a pyranosamine, for example as glucosamine, mannosamine or galactosamine.
  • the saccharide may be arranged as an N-acetylpyranosamine for example N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc), N-acetylmannosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc); most preferably it is GalNAc.
  • GlcNAc N-acetylglucosamine
  • AlNAc N-acetylgalactosamine
  • the saccharide moiety may, for example, be arranged as arabinopyranose, lyxopyranose, ribopyranose or xylopyranose; preferably the saccharide is xylopyranose or arabinopyranose; more preferably the saccharide is xylopyranose.
  • the saccharide moiety A is a 6-deoxy hexopyranose, and may be arranged as 6-deoxyallose, 6-deoxyaltrose, 6-deoxygalactose (fucose), 6-deoxyglucose (quinovose), 6-deoxygulose, 6-deoxyidose, 6-deoxymannose (rhamnose) or 6-deoxytalose preferably it is fucose or quinovose; most preferably it is quinovose.
  • R 4 is —CH 2 OH and R 3 is —OH
  • the saccharide moiety A is a hexopyranose and may be, for example, allose, altrose, galactose, glucose gulose, idose, mannose or talose; preferably it is galactose or glucose, and more preferably glucose.
  • Saccharides include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides and polysaccharides.
  • saccharide moieties are monosaccharides, but may be independently selected as di- or oligosaccharides.
  • Monosaccharides include, but are not limited to, tetroses pentoses, hexoses and heptoses; tetroses pentoses and hexoses are preferred.
  • Tetroses may be for example aldotetroses, such as erithrose and threose and aldoketoses erithrulose.
  • Pentoses include, but are not limited to aldopentoses, such as arabinose, lyxose, ribose and xylose and ketopentoses such as ribulose and xylulose and deoxypentoses such as 2-deoxyribose and 3-deoxyribose.
  • Preferred pentoses are xylose and arabinose. Pentoses may be in the furanose (eg arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose and xylofuranose) or the pyranose (eg arabinopyranose, lyxopyranose, ribopyranose and xylopyranose) forms.
  • Hexoses include, but are not limited to aldohexoses, such as, allose, altrose, galactose, talose, gulose, idose, mannose and glucose (preferred are glucose, mannose, galactose, altrose, allose idose and talose) and ketokexoses such as fructose, psicose, sorbose and tagatose.
  • aldohexoses such as, allose, altrose, galactose, talose, gulose, idose, mannose and glucose
  • ketokexoses such as fructose, psicose, sorbose and tagatose.
  • Hexoses may also be deoxy hexoses wherein an —OH group is replaced by an —H group at any position other than the bonded group.
  • 6-deoxyhexoses are for example 6-deoxyallose, 6-deoxyaltrose, 6-deoxygalactose (fucose), 6-deoxyglucose (quinovose), 6-deoxygulose, 6-deoxyidose, 6-deoxymannose (rhamnose) or 6-deoxytalose.
  • Deoxyhexoses may also be 2-deoxy, 3-deoxy, 4-deoxy and 5-deoxy hexoses. The oxygen may be lacking at more than one position.
  • deoxyhexoses are—2-deoxy-glucose, 2-deoxygalactose, 4-deoxyfucose, 3-deoxygalactose, 2-deoxyglucose, 3-deoxyglucose, 4-deoxyglucose.
  • Deoxy-aldohexoses are preferred.
  • Hexoses also include hexosamines such as galactosamine, glucosamine and mannosamine, n-acteyl hexosamines such as N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetyl-mannosamine and N-acetylglucosamine.
  • Preferred hexoses are aldohexoses and deoxy hexoses, particularly preferred hexoses are glucose, galactose, quinovose, fucose and rhamnose.
  • Hexoses may be in the furanose or pyranose form; preferably in the pyranose form.
  • uronic acids for example fructuronic acid, galacturonic acid, iduronic acid, glucuronic acid, guluronic acid, mannuronic acid and tagaturonic acid; sedoheptulose, sialic acid, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, and N-glycolylneuraminic acid.
  • uronic acids for example fructuronic acid, galacturonic acid, iduronic acid, glucuronic acid, guluronic acid, mannuronic acid and tagaturonic acid
  • sedoheptulose sialic acid, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, and N-glycolylneuraminic acid.
  • aldohexoses and deoxyhexoses are preferred; of pentoses, aldopentoses and deoxy-pentoses (particularly deoxyaldopentoses) are preferred.
  • esters of compounds of the formula I are for example, an ester with an aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulphonic acid.
  • Aliphatic carboxylic acids may be for example of up to 6 carbon atoms, for example a methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl succinyl or malyl.
  • Aromatic carboxylic acids may for example benzoic acid, sulphonic acids may be methylsulphonic or p-toluenesulphonic acid, and include esters at any available esterifiable position.
  • esters further include known compounds in which the sugar —OH groups are esterified with an aliphatic carboxylic acid of up to 6 carbon atoms. Also included are known esters at the carbon 26-position with compounds such as hydroxymethylgluteryric acid or its methyl ester (for example compound 19(b) and structure VI xxiv).
  • ethers are, for example, with C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl compounds which may be formed at any of the available —OH groups, for example on the saccharide moieties, or steroid moieties by converting one or more of the —OH groups to alkoxy groups (e.g. Li et al., Carbohydr Res. 20; 338(2): 117-21 (2003), Purdie and Irvine, J. Chem. Soc. 87, 1022 (1905), Haworth and Hirst, J. Chem. Soc. 119, 193 (1921) incorporated herein by reference).
  • C 1-6 hydroxyalkyl compounds which may be formed at any of the available —OH groups, for example on the saccharide moieties, or steroid moieties by converting one or more of the —OH groups to alkoxy groups (e.g. Li et al., Carbohydr Res. 20; 338(2): 117-21 (2003), Purdie and Irvine, J. Chem. Soc. 87
  • a suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salt form of the compounds of the formula I is, for example, an acid addition salt with an inorganic or organic acid, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, trifluoroacetic or maleic acid; or an alkali metal, for example sodium, an alkaline earth metal, for example calcium, or ammonium, for example tetra(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, salt.
  • an inorganic or organic acid for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, trifluoroacetic or maleic acid
  • an alkali metal for example sodium, an alkaline earth metal, for example calcium, or ammonium, for example tetra(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, salt.
  • Many compounds of the invention are hydroxylated steroids. It is known in the art that such compounds, when exposed to solvent such as alcohols during purification or preparation, may be converted to alkoxy derivatives or to other derivatives such as methylketals (which revert to the original compounds upon drying).
  • Particularly furostanol compounds of the formula VIa in which the carbon at the at the 22-position of the furostanol structure, is substituted by —OH, may be converted to alkoxy derivatives when exposed to alcohols.
  • such compounds may become methoxy derivatives when purified from plant sources using methanol-containing solvents.
  • they may be converted to the corresponding alkoxy by reflux in an appropriate anhydrous alcohol at elevated temperature, for example methanol (Hu. et al Planta Medica, 63(2), 161-165 (1997)).
  • Such alkoxylated compounds are also compounds of the invention.
  • the compounds of the invention are purified from natural sources it is preferred that they are used in isolated form.
  • isolated is meant that the compound is at least 1% pure, conveniently it is at least 10% pure, more conveniently at least 30% pure, preferably it is at least 50% pure more preferably it is at least 80% pure still more preferably it is at least 90% pure and most preferably it is at least 95% pure.
  • the purity of the compound is conveniently expressed as a ratio of UV absorption associated with the compound to UV absorption associated with other material in the sample, conveniently at 205 nm.
  • the purity of the compound may be measured for example using a chromatography system such as for example TLC or HPLC such as are described in the references herein, particularly in those references relating to the compound in question, or in applicants co pending application WO05/060977
  • The, compounds of the invention can be synthesised via a number of routes known to the skilled worker. For example by glycosylation of appropriate aglycones.
  • the compounds of the present invention can be prepared from commercially available aglycones or by isolation of the aglycone or other precursor either from fenugreek seeds or from another plant source and subsequent chemical modification of the precursor.
  • an suitable aglycone may be prepared, either by isolation from a natural source, by deglycosylation of a suitable glycosylated compound (for example those compounds disclosed in Hostettman K. and Marston A. Saponins. Cambridge University Press UK. (1995) or herein), or by chemical synthesis from a variety of starting material that are readily available.
  • a suitable glycosylated compound for example those compounds disclosed in Hostettman K. and Marston A. Saponins. Cambridge University Press UK. (1995) or herein
  • chemical synthesis from a variety of starting material that are readily available.
  • spirostanol aglycones wherein X ⁇ O or X ⁇ NH may be, for example, sarsapogenin, smilagenin, 12 ⁇ -hydroxysmilagenin, Rhodeasapogenin, Isorhodiasapogenin, Samogenin, 12 ⁇ -hydroxysamogenin, Markogenin, Yonogenin, Convallagenin A, Convallagenin B, Tokorogenin, Tigogenin, Neotigogenin, Gitogenin, Agigenin Digitogenin, Chlorogenin, Paniculogenin, (25R)-Spirostan-3 ⁇ ,17 ⁇ 21-triol, Allogenin, (25R)-5 ⁇ -Spirostan-2 ⁇ ,3 ⁇ ,5 ⁇ ,6 ⁇ -tetraol, (24S,25R)-5 ⁇ -Spirostan-2 ⁇ ,
  • Deglycosylation of, for example steroidal glycosides may be simply carried out by acid hydrolysis, for example in a 50:50 mix of 2N HCl: dioxane at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 4.5 hrs (Hu K (1997) ibid).
  • furostanol and spirostanol saponins can be inter converted using a glucosidase (Inoue et al., Phytochemistry 41(3), 725-7 (1996)) and pseudosaponins maybe cyclised to form the spirostanol derivative (Tobari et al., Eur J Med Chem. 35(5): 511-27 (2000)).
  • aglycone refers to steroidal glycosides wherein the saccharide moieties are not present.
  • the compounds may have other substituents at the position originally occupied by the saccharide moiety.
  • Particularly aglycones that are furostanol saponins when not glycosylated may be in the ring closed state as the equivalent spirostanol compounds.
  • Steroidal glycosides are compounds having a steroid or substituted steroid core, to which is attached one or more saccharide moieties.
  • a steroidal sapogenin is the aglycone of a steroidal saponin.
  • a steroidal saponin is a naturally occurring or derived steroidal glycoside.
  • core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor means and inhibitor of the enzyme core 2-GlcNAc-T and preferably the ability of preparations comprising a core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity described herein to incorporate UDP-6 [′H]-N-acetylglucosamine into products as measured in the assays described herein.
  • An anti cell adhesion agent is an agent that reduces the adhesion of cells to a substrate such as platelets or the lining of blood vessels or other tissues
  • an anti cell-cell interaction agent is an agent that reduces the interaction between cells.
  • An anti cellular extravasation agent is an agent that reduces the passage of cells from the blood stream through the walls of blood vessels.
  • treating includes treating as prophylaxis or treatment of a current or remitting illness.
  • C 1-6 acyl is —CO—C 1-5 -alkyl.
  • a compound of formula I as an anti cell adhesion agent, an anti cell-cell interaction agent or an anti cellular extravasation agent.
  • compositions comprising compound of the formula I.
  • compositions preferably further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients.
  • a method of treatment of multiple sclerosis in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of reducing the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • a compound capable of reducing the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T Preferably the compound will be used to reduce the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T to normal or approximately normal levels.
  • the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T can be reduced in a number of ways, for example by inhibiting the transcription of the Core 2 GlcNAc-T gene, by inhibiting the translation of the Core 2 GlcNAc-T mRNA, by inhibiting the post translational modification of the protein (e.g. by inhibiting the phosphorylation of the protein through protein kinase and thereby inhibiting its activation) or by inhibiting the enzyme activity.
  • Inhibitors of both Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity and of the activation of Core 2 GlcNAc-T by protein kinase C are known. Conveniently the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity is reduced either by inhibiting the enzyme or inhibiting the phosphorylation of the protein.
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors suitable for use in the invention are: ⁇ Gal(1 ⁇ 3) ⁇ (6-deoxy)GalNAc ⁇ -Bn. (Hindsgaul et al (1991) J Biol Chem. 266(27):17858-62, Kuhns et al (1993) Glycoconjugate Journal 10, 381-394; the following compounds activated as described by Toki et al (1994) Biochem Biophys Res Commun.
  • Gal ⁇ 1 ⁇ 3GalNAc ⁇ -pnp Gal ⁇ 1 ⁇ 3GalNAc ⁇ -onp GalNAc ⁇ -pnp
  • GlcNAc ⁇ -pnp Gal ⁇ -pnp
  • GlcNAc ⁇ 1 ⁇ 3GalNAc ⁇ -pnp L-Fuc ⁇ 1 ⁇ 2Gal ⁇ -pnp
  • GlcNAc ⁇ -pnp Gal ⁇ 1 ⁇ 3 GlcNAc ⁇ -pn
  • Gal ⁇ 1 ⁇ 6GlcNAc ⁇ -pnp Gal ⁇ 1 ⁇ 6GlcNAc ⁇ -pnp
  • steroidal glycosides described in applicants co pending WO05060977 (incorporated herein by reference) and herein
  • Antibodies to Core 2 GlcNAc-T may also be used to reduce the activity of the enzyme and suitable examples are described in Li et al (1999) Glycoconjugate Journal 16, 555-562 (1999), U.S. Pat. No. 5,684,134, WO09043662).
  • PKC ⁇ 2 Protein Kinase-C ⁇ 2
  • PKC ⁇ 2 is known to inhibit Core 2 GlcNAc-T activation in diabetic complications, where Core 2 activity is known to be raised, (Chibber et al (2003) Diabetes. 52(6):1519-27—incorporated herein by reference) and are known to inhibit leukocyte binding to epithelial cells in vitro.
  • Examples of 3,4-di-indoyl-pyrrol-2,5-dione derivatives that inhibit PKC ⁇ are found in, for example WO9535294 and WO9517182.
  • a particular example of a PKC ⁇ 2 inhibitor is Ruboxistaurin (LY333531 & LY379196)
  • a sixth aspect of the invention is provided the use of compound capable of reducing Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of multiple sclerosis.
  • compounds are either inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T or inhibitors of PKC ⁇ (especially of PKC ⁇ 2); preferably compounds are inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of multiple sclerosis comprising a compound capable of lowering the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T and preferably also comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • a method of diagnosing multiple sclerosis in a subject comprising comparing the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity associated with leukocytes of a subject with the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity determined in healthy non afflicted individuals.
  • a level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T higher than that of healthy non afflicted individuals being indicative that the subject is afflicted with MS.
  • the measurement of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity is preferably carried out on isolated tissue samples, such as biopsy samples or blood samples. Conveniently the measurement will be carried out by assay of Core 2 GlcNAc-T from isolated blood cells and particularly on preparations containing leukocytes, preferably substantially free of red blood cells.
  • assay of Core 2 GlcNAc-T from isolated blood cells is described in Chibber et al Diabetes 49, 1724-1730 (2000).
  • values of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity associated with leukocytes of a subject will be compared to an established normal level for healthy non afflicted individuals.
  • Levels of Core 2 GlcNAc-T in individuals afflicted with MS have been noted to be in the region of at least 2 times, for example at least 4 times, at least 6 times and most typically at least 8 times the level of healthy non afflicted individuals when leukocytes from blood samples assayed according to the above methods.
  • a ninth aspect of the invention is provided a method of determining the utility of a test substance as useful in the treatment of MS comprising determining the ability of the substance to inhibit the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T, particularly that activity associated with leukocytes.
  • Conveniently inhibition of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity can be determined by comparing the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity obtained in an assay in which a test substance is incorporated to the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in the assay with no test substance.
  • Conveniently inhibition of Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity can be determined by a method comprising (a) contacting source of active Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme with an acceptor and a sugar donor for a Core 2 GlcNAc-T in the presence and absence of the test substance; (b) measuring the amount of sugar donor transferred to the acceptor, and relating decreased transfer in presence of test substance as compared to that in its absence to Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitory activity. It is particularly preferred and convenient to measure such activity on Core 2 GlcNAc-T present in or derived from leukocytes, particularly of an MS patient.
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity may be used, for example an enzyme produced by recombinant means such as those disclosed in WO04111196, U.S. Pat. No. 5,658,778 or a tissue or cell culture or a preparation exhibiting measurable Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity derivable there from, for example U937 cells or heart lysates as described in applicants co pending WO05060977 and herein.
  • sugar donors and acceptors and the general conditions for assaying Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity are well known in the art e.g. Chibber et al (2000) id Hindsgaul et al (1991) id, Kuhns et al (1993) id Toki et al (1994) id and Orlacchio et al (1997) id.
  • Such methods can be adapted for use in the fourth aspect of the invention by incorporation of test substances as described above.
  • Further examples of assays according to the invention are given in WO 0031109 in applicants co pending WO05060977 and herein.
  • the sugar donor is UDP-GlcNAc and the sugar acceptor is ⁇ Gal(1-3)D ⁇ GalNAc-p-nitrophenol.
  • treating MS includes treating as prophylaxis and the treatment of existing disease.
  • MS includes for example relapsing/remitting, secondary progressive, progressive relapsing and primary progressive forms of the condition.
  • Other forms include benign, malignant, chronic/progressive and transitional/progressive MS.
  • Medicaments of the invention comprising compounds of the formula I will typically be prepared in a sterile and pyrogen free form. They can be administered by oral or parenteral routes, including intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, transdermal, airway (aerosol), rectal, vaginal and topical (including buccal and sublingual) administration.
  • oral or parenteral routes including intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, transdermal, airway (aerosol), rectal, vaginal and topical (including buccal and sublingual) administration.
  • the medicament may be made up in liquid form in which case it will typically, in addition to the compound of the formula I, comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or it may be made up in solid form.
  • the compounds of the invention will generally be provided in the form of tablets or capsules, as a powder or granules, or as an aqueous solution or suspension. Tablets for oral use may include the active ingredients mixed with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as inert diluents, disintegrating agents, binding agents, lubricating agents, sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preservatives.
  • suitable inert diluents include sodium and calcium carbonate, sodium and calcium phosphate, and lactose, while corn starch and alginic acid are examples of suitable disintegrating agents.
  • Binding agents include, for example starch and gelatine, while the lubricating agent, if present, may for example, be magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc.
  • the tablets may be coated with an enteric coating material, such as glyceryl mono stearate or glyceryl distearate, to delay absorption in the gastrointestinal tract.
  • Capsules for oral use include hard gelatine capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with a solid diluent, and soft gelatine capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil
  • Formulations for rectal administration may for example be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may for example be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • the compounds of the invention will typically be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent to provide sterile solutions, emulsions, liposome formulations or suspensions.
  • a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent to provide sterile solutions, emulsions, liposome formulations or suspensions.
  • the preparation will be buffered to an appropriate pH and isotonicity.
  • suitable diluents include Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride.
  • Aqueous suspensions according to the invention may include suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and gum tragacanth, and a wetting agent such as lecithin.
  • Suitable preservatives include ethyl and n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, and can be used for these aqueous suspensions.
  • the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors of the present invention may also be presented as liposome formulations.
  • the isolated Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors of the invention may also be incorporated into a food or beverage product.
  • a suitable dose of Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor will be in the range of 10 ng to 50 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, preferably in the range 100 ng to 10 mg, more preferably in the range of 1 ⁇ g to 5.0 mg/kg/d. In some embodiments preferably in the range of 0.2 to 1.0 mg per kilogram body weight per day.
  • the desired dose is preferably presented once daily or several times a day in sub doses. In some embodiments they may be dosed as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered at appropriate intervals throughout the day.
  • sub-doses may be administered in unit dosage forms, for example, containing 1 ⁇ g to 1500 mg, preferably 40 ⁇ g to 1000 mg, and most preferably 50 ⁇ g to 700 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form, but in some embodiments may contain 10 to 1500 mg, preferably 20 to 1000 mg, and most preferably 50 to 700 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form.
  • Glc glucose and Rha is rhamnose.
  • the annotation 2,3 and 2,4 denote the position of attachment of the saccharides to the central monosaccharide.
  • Example Compound references Compound name 1b 1 Protogracillin 2b 1,37 protoneogracillin 3b 1, 20, 21, 22 Methylprotogracillin 4b 1 Methylprotoneogracillin 5b 23 Pseudoprotogracillin 6b 25 Dracenoside Q 7b 25 Dioscoreside E 8b 25 Dracenoside P 9b 24 Tuberoside C 10b 26 Icogenin 11b 28, 27, 7, 29, 37 Gracillin 12b 30, 38 Collettiside IV ((25S) Gracillin) 13b 29, 39 17-OH Gracillin 14b 25 Dracaenoside H 15b 25 Dracaenoside L 16b 25 Dracaenoside I 17b 29, 39 Not named 18b 31 Lilioglycoside H 19b 31 Lilioglycoside I 20b 25 Dracaenoside D 21b 32 Not named 22b 33 Neoalsoside A 23b 33 Neoalsoside C 24
  • FIG. 1 illustrates preferred steroid moieties Z of formula VI a and VI b.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates preferred steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI c.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates preferred steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI
  • FIG. 4 a is a graph illustrating that the activity of the enzyme core 2 GlcNAc-T can be induced by glucose.
  • FIG. 4 b is a graph illustrating that crude extract F1 prepared from fenugreek seeds inhibits glucose-induced core 2 GlcNAc-T activity.
  • FIG. 5 is a graph illustrating that crude extract F1 prepared from fenugreek seeds inhibits core 2 GlcNAc-T activity.
  • Human leukocytes U937 were exposed to 15 mM glucose for 24 hours at 37° C. and the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured in leukocyte cell lysate in the presence of crude fenugreek seed extract (G-F1; 1:1000 dilution).
  • the level of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was measured by determining the formation of core 2 oligosaccharide (attachment of ⁇ 1,6-linked GlcNAc to the Gal ⁇ 1,3GlcNAc-acceptor). The data is presented as mean ⁇ s.e.m. of three separate experiments.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart illustrating the extraction of fenugreek seeds and the subsequent purification of the fenugreek seed extract.
  • FIG. 7 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect of crude fenugreek seed extract F1 and sub-fraction F2 purified from crude extract F1 on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937).
  • Cells were exposed to elevated glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of sub-fractions F1 and F2. After 24 hours incubation, the core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was determined in leukocyte cell lysates. The data represents the mean of two separate experiments.
  • FIGS. 8 a and 8 b are graphs illustrating the inhibitory effect of sub-fractions F8-F15 purified from crude extract F1 by silica-gel flash chromatography (Biotage) on glucose induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937).
  • Cells were exposed to elevated glucose (G, 15 mM) in the presence of the sub-fractions. After 24 hours incubation, the core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was determined in leukocyte cell lysates.
  • FIG. 9 is a graph illustrating that the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 inhibits glucose induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937).
  • Sub-fractions F9 and F13 were thoroughly mixed with dichloromethane and the aqueous phase was filter sterilised and used in the cell-based assay for core 2 GlcNAc-T activity.
  • Human leukocytes were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the aqueous phases of sub-fractions F9 and F13. The results are presented as the mean of two separate experiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T of sub-fractions purified from the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F 13 by HPLC with retention times F18.7-F41.1.
  • Human leukocytes U937 were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the HPLC sub-fractions with retention times F18.7-F41.1. The data presented is from one experiment.
  • Sub-fractions G20.24, G20.69, G22.2, G39.9 and G41.1 were not tested for their inhibitory effect on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • FIG. 11 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect of HPLC sub-fractions with retention times F19.13 and F19.37.
  • Human leukocytes U937 were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) for 24 hours in the presence and absence of the sub-fractions with retention times F19.13 and F19.37 (1:1000 dilution).
  • FIG. 12 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T of sub-fractions purified from the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 by HPLC with retention times F20.01, F20.29 and F20.55.
  • Human leukocytes U937 were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the sub-fractions with retention times F20.01, F20.29 and F20.55 and the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured after 24 hours. The data is the mean of two separate experiments.
  • FIG. 13 is a graph illustrating that sub-fraction F20.55 inhibits core 2 GlcNAc-T in a cell-free assay.
  • human leukocytes U937
  • 15 mM glucose 15 mM glucose
  • the cells were lysed and then exposed to heated (H, 100° C.) and non-heated (NH) sub-fraction F20.55 (1:500 dilution).
  • H heated
  • NH non-heated sub-fraction F20.55
  • the level of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was measured by determining the formation of core 2 oligosaccharide (attachment of ⁇ -1,6-linked GlcNAc to the Gal-1,3-GlcNAc-acceptor). The data is presented as mean ⁇ s.e.m. of three separate experiments.
  • FIGS. 14 a and 14 b are graphs illustrating that elevated glucose increases core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in cultured bovine retinal vascular cells, namely capillary pericytes ( FIG. 14 a ) and capillary endothelial cells ( FIG. 14 b ).
  • Near confluent cultures were exposed to normal glucose (N, 5.8 mM) and high glucose (G, 15 mM) for 24 hours at 37° C.
  • the cells were lysed and the activity of core GlcNAc-T measured in cell lysates.
  • FIGS. 15 a and 15 b are graphs illustrating that a crude extract F1 of fenugreek seeds prevents glucose-induced toxicity in cultured bovine retinal vascular cells, namely capillary pericytes ( FIG. 15 a ) and capillary endothelial cells ( FIG. 15 b ).
  • FIG. 16 illustrates the structures of the five compounds isolated from fenugreek seeds and shatavarin IV
  • FIG. 17 a and FIG. 17 b are graphs illustrating the effect of purified trigoneoside IVa, glycoside F, and shatavarin IV on Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in cell free ( FIG. 17 a ) and cell based ( FIG. 17 b ) assays.
  • cell free assays heart lysate from BB rats were incubated in the presence, and absence of 20 ng/ml of each compound. After 1 h incubation at 37° C., the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein. The results are the mean of 3-5 separate experiments.
  • human leukocytes U937 cells
  • human recombinant TNF-alpha in the presence and absence of 20 ng/ml of the test compound.
  • the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating the process of purifying protogracillin and gracillin for Dioscorea radix tissue. Purification of dioscin is included for reference. Also illustrated are the purification of protodioscin and pseudoprotodioscin, which may also be purified from Dioscorea radix.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the structures of protogracillin and gracillin isolated from D. radix.
  • FIG. 20 is a graph illustrating the levels of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in leukocytes from healthy control individuals and subjects with newly diagnosed MS.
  • FIG. 21 is a graph illustrating the data of FIG. 20 as a scatter plot.
  • Bovine retinal capillary endothelial cells BREC and pericytes (BRP) were established from bovine retinas dissected from eyes of freshly slaughtered cattle as described previously. Briefly, the isolated retinas were homogenised in serum-free minimal essential medium (MEM, Gibco, Paisley, UK) and filtered through 85 ⁇ m nylon mesh. The trapped microvessels were digested with collagenase-dispase (1 mg/ml) for 30 minutes (BRP) and 90 minutes (BREC) at 37° C. and filtered through a 53 ⁇ m nylon mesh.
  • MEM serum-free minimal essential medium
  • BREC endothelial cells
  • BRP pericytes
  • the microvessels were plated in tissue culture flasks in growth medium supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum. The cells were used at passage 2-3. The cells were characterised using morphological criteria and by immunostaining with an antibody against factor VIII related antigen and 3G5-pericyte marker.
  • the human leukocytic cell-line (U937) was cultured in RPMI supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, 100 IU/ml penicillin and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
  • the human leukocytic cell-line (U937) is cultured in RPMI supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, 100 IU/ml penicillin and 100 ⁇ g/ml streptomycin.
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T leukocytes (U937 cells) are exposed to normal glucose (5.8 mM) or high glucose (15 mM) for 24 hours at 37° C. After incubation, the cells maybe lysed and frozen at ⁇ 20° C. until used for the measurement of core 2 GlcNAc-T. or used immediately.
  • TNF- ⁇ induction of core 2 GlcNAc-T Human leukocytes (U937 cells) are exposed to human recombinant TNF-alpha (8 pg/ml) in the presence and absence of test compounds After 24 h incubation, the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein.
  • core 2 GlcNAc-T heart lysates from either from TNF-alpha over expressing transgenic mice (female, B6.SJL-Tg (TNF) supplied by Taconic-M+B, Bomholtveg 10, 8680 Ry, Denmark) or from BB rats (Festing 1979) are exposed to various concentrations of test compound for 1 h at 37° C. Activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T is measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein.
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T immobilised on Sepharose beads were used for this assay.
  • core 2 GlcNAc-T immunoprecipitation as well as for Western blots, a polyclonal antibody against core 2 GlcNAc-T was used.
  • Cells were lysed on ice in the following lysis buffer: 20 mM Tris-HCL, pH 7.4/1% Triton X-100, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 0.2 mM sodium vandate, 1 mM PMSF 1 ⁇ g/ml aprotinin, 10 ⁇ g/ml leupeptin. The lysate was incubated at 4° C.
  • core 2 GlcNAc-T activity leukocytes were washed in PES, frozen and lysed in 0.9% Triton X-100 at 0° C. The activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured as described previously (Chibber, Diabetes 49, 1724-1730 (2000)).
  • reaction was performed in a reaction mixture containing 50 mM 2(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES, Sigma, Dorset, UK), pH 7.0, 1 mM UDP-6 [′H]-N-acetylglucosamine (16,000 dpm/nmol, NEN Life Science Products, Hounslow, UK), 0.1 M GlcNAc (Sigma, Dorset, Okla.), 1 mM Gal ⁇ 1-3GalNAc ⁇ -p-nitrophenol (Sigma, Dorset, UK) as substrate, and 16 JA of cell lysate (100-200 ⁇ g protein) for a final volume of 32 ⁇ l.
  • MES 2(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid
  • pH 7.0 pH 7.0
  • GlcNAc Sigma, Dorset, Okla.
  • the reaction was terminated with 1 ml of ice-cold distilled water and processed on a C18 Sep-Pak column (Waters-Millipore, Watford, UK). After washing the column with 20 ml of distilled water, the product was eluted with 5 ml of methanol. The radioactivity of the samples was counted in a liquid scintillation ⁇ -counter (LKB-Wallac, London, UK). Endogenous activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured in the absence of the added acceptor. The specific activity was expressed as pmoles/h/mg of cell protein. In each case, the protein concentration was determined with BioRad protein assay (BioRad, Hertfordshire, UK).
  • the cells were counted with a haemocytometer and a known number added to the endothelial cells. After 30 minutes incubation at 37° C., non-adherent leukocytes were removed by washing with serum-free RPMI and the dishes fixed in 3.7% formalin in PBS. Attached leukocytes were counted in 10 random high-powered fields ( ⁇ 100) by fluorescence microscopy. The results were expressed as percentage of adherent leukocytes/field.
  • BRP and BREC were plated in 3 cm tissue culture dishes and incubated in growth medium for 24 hours at 37° C. Then the cells were incubated in fresh growth medium containing normal glucose (5.8 mM) or elevated glucose (25 mM) in the absence or presence of fenugreek sub-fractions. After 4 days incubation, the number of viable cells was counted using a haemocytometer and trypan blue and the results expressed as percentage of control (5.8 mM glucose). After treatment, some of the cells were stored for measurement of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity.
  • FIG. 4 a 24 hour exposure to elevated D-glucose significantly increases the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937). It has now been found that crude extract prepared from fenugreek seeds has the potential to inhibit glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes ( FIG. 4 b ) and leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion ( FIG. 4 c ). Leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion was measured by adding a known number of leukocytes stained with carboxyfluorescein to a monolayer of retinal capillary endothelial cells. The number of attached leukocytes was then counted under a fluorescence microscope using 10-random fields.
  • the results illustrated in FIG. 5 were obtained by exposing human leukocytes (U937) to elevated glucose for 24 hours. The cells were then lysed, incubated with crude fenugreek seed extract F1 and core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was measured after 30 minutes incubation.
  • Fenugreek seed extracts were obtained as follows (see FIG. 6 ). Fenugreek seeds (Indian fenugreek seeds obtained as Methi seeds from FUDCO, 184 Ealing Road, Wembley, Middlesex, UK) were ground in a hammer mill and filtered through nylon mesh. 820 g of the dark-yellow powder obtained were defatted by continuous washing with hexane in a soxhlet apparatus for eight hours. Then the plant material was dried and continuously extracted for 8 hours with ethanol. Filtration to remove solid residues and concentration in vacuo of the ethanol yielded a semi-solid brown crude extract labelled F1 (65 g).
  • Sub-fractions F9 and F13 were then analysed.
  • An aqueous aliquot (0.5 ml) of both subfractions F9 and F13 was extracted with 1 ml of dichloromethane, the aqueous phase was removed, filter-sterilised by filtration through 0.22 ⁇ m filter and used in the cell-based assay for core 2 GlcNAc-T activity.
  • Human leukocytes were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the aqueous phases of sub-fractions F9 and F13, The results are presented in FIG. 9 showing the presence of the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13.
  • the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 was purified by HPLC into sub-fractions F18.7-F41.1 coded by their HPLC retention times.
  • the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 was directly injected onto the HPLC operating under reversed-phase conditions (Hewlett Packard 1050/ ⁇ 100 series), Separation was achieved with an octadecyl-bonded column with a methanol/water mobile phase, Components eluted from the column were detected by a UV detector operating at a fixed wavelength of 22 nm, These components were revealed as peaks on the chromatographic trace from the mass spectrometer detector.
  • sub-fraction F13 aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 were purified similarly by HPLC operating under reversed-phase conditions on a phenyl-bonded column with a methanol/water mobile phase into sub-fractions with retention times of 20.01, 20.29 and 20.55, which are equivalent to sub-fractions F19.13, F19.37 and F19.44 above.
  • Cell based assays for core 2 GlcNAc-T activity confirmed the presence of the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in these sub-fractions F20.01, F20.29 and F20.55 ( FIG. 12 ).
  • the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in the sub-fraction F20.55 has been identified through NMR analysis of a sample dissolved in CD 3 OD.
  • the following NMR experiments were performed: 1D proton, 2D DQF-COSY ( 1 H- 1 H correlation) [8 hours], 2D edited HSQC ( 1 H- 13 C one-bond correlation with multiplicity editing) [22 hours], 2D TOCSY ( 1 H- 1 H relayed correlation) [2 ⁇ 8 hours].
  • Trigoneoside IVa a known constituent of Fenugreek seeds
  • Crushed seeds (360 g, product of Deep Foods, Inc., Union, N.J. 07083, USA) were extracted successively with heptane (2 ⁇ 700 ml), acetone (4 ⁇ 600 ml) and MeOH (4 ⁇ 600 ml) by boiling under reflux for 2 hrs each.
  • the extracts were filtered and evaporated to dryness under vacuum and analyzed by LC/MS for the presence of furostanol saponins previously reported from this plant (Yoshikawa K et al. Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2287-91 (1992); Yoshikawa K. et al Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2275-8 (1992), Murakami T., Chem. Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo); 48(7):994-1000 (2000)).
  • the methanol extract (82 g, 22.7% (w/w) of the seeds) was found to contain the target compounds.
  • methanol extract contained relatively little polar material and an enriched saponin containing fraction can be obtained by a solid phase extraction using a styrenic resin such as Diaion HP20 (or SP207, HP20SS, SP207SS, all available from Sigma-Aldrich) resin without subjecting the extract to further de-fatting.
  • a styrenic resin such as Diaion HP20 (or SP207, HP20SS, SP207SS, all available from Sigma-Aldrich) resin without subjecting the extract to further de-fatting.
  • the MeOH extract (CDXA-13-132-1, 81.2 g) was dissolved in water-MeOH (6:4, 400 ml) and loaded onto a Diaion HP20 (Supelco Diaion HP 20, 350 g, 5.0 ⁇ 30 cm) and eluted with water-MeOH (4:6, 600 ml), MeOH (2 L), and acetone (2 L). 250 ml fractions were collected. The fractions were analyzed by HPLC and those with similar compositions were combined to produce 7 pools (CDXA-13-133 F1 to F7). The pool CDXA-13-133-F5 (22.5 g, 27.7% w/w of the extract) was found to contain the majority of the desired saponins.
  • This pool (22.0 g,) was chromatographed on normal phase silica (445 g, Merck silica gel 60, 70-230 mesh, 0.0763 to 0.200 mm, 5.0 ⁇ 30 cm) and eluted with 3 L each of dichloromethane-MeOH-water systems of following compositions: a) 80:20:3, b) 75:25:3, c) 70:30:3, and d) 65:35:3. 250 ml fractions were collected, analyzed by HPLC and combined into 11 pools (CDXA-13-137-F1 to F11).
  • Fractions F13 to F16 were dried (1.155 g, 11.6%) and purified by reverse phase HPLC using a Gilson semi preparative HPLC system consisting of a UV/Vis detector model 155, pump model 321, and liquid handler model 215.
  • NMR spectra were recorded in d 5 Pyridine.
  • the proton spectra were recorded on a Varian Inova VXRs-300 instrument at 300 MHz and the carbon spectra were recoded on a Varian Inova 400 instrument at 100 MHz.
  • Shatavarin IV ( FIG. 16 ) which can be isolated from Asparagus racemosus (Ravikumar P. R. Indian J. Chem. 26B, 1012-1017 (1987)) and protodioscin from Tribulus terrestris (but also isolatable from fenugreek as compound C of Yoshikawa M. et al., Heterocycles 47, 397-405 (1998)) were both supplied by Chromadex inc. 2952 S. Daimler St. Santa Ana Calif. Protodioscin was also isolated from the above preparation of fenugreek as peak 2 conforming to published NMR spectra of protodioscin.
  • Protogracillin was 96.7% pure as a white powder
  • Gracillin was 90.8% pure as a white powder
  • Ic 50 values for example compounds Compound Number Cell free assay Cell based assay Protodioscin 1 20 ** a Pseudoprotodioscin 2 35 * 50 Dioscin 11 40 * 75 Trigoneoside IVa 6 a 0.9 * 75 Glycoside F 7 a 5 ** b Shatavarin I 21 a 1 * 0.75 Shatavarin IV 22 a c ** ⁇ Protogracillin 1 b 3 * 0.25 Gracillin 18 b 4.5 * 2.5 * Cell free assays were carried out on heart lysates of TNF- ⁇ mice as described above.
  • Compound C (at 20 ng/ml) was found to inhibit Core 2 GlcNAc-T approximately 98.5% compared to controls, in TNF- ⁇ treated Human leukocytes (U937 cells).
  • the sample of compound C was approximately 82.5% pure by HPLC at 205 nM
  • Trigoneoside IVa The approximate IC 50 of Trigoneoside IVa was found to be between 0.25 nM and 0.9 nM in cell free systems. Further analysis of a sample prepared according to applicants co pending WO05/060977 indicates that it contains approximately 7.5% protodioscin and 9% Trigonelloside C (Yoshikawa et al., Heterocycles 47, 397-405 (1998)).
  • the IC 50 of Glycoside F was found to be approximately 5 nM. Further analysis of the preparation indicates that it contains a small amount of Trigonelloside C.
  • the IC 50 of Protodioscin (93.3% pure) produced as described in applicants co pending WO05/060977 was found to be approximately 20 nM.
  • the sample contained 1.5% Trigoneoside IVa.
  • Trigoneoside IVa activity could account for at least some of the activity seen in the protodioscin sample prepared as per WO05/060977.
  • Trigonelloside C is similar to Protodioscin but is the opposite isomer at carbon 25.
  • a preparation of this compound according to co pending WO05/060977 was 98.2% pure and contained no measurable quantity of other Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors.
  • a preparation of Trigonelloside C prepared according to WO05/060977 inhibited Core 2 GlcNAc-T 69% at 2.5 nM.
  • Blood samples were taken from 4 patients newly diagnosed with active MS and 2 age matched healthy control subjects and placed in heparinised tubes. The blood sample was layered onto an equal volume of Histo-Paque 1077TM (Sigma, Poole, Dorset, UK). and centrifuged at 400 g for 30 mins. The Buffy coat (containing peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMNC) and polymorphonuclear (PMN) leukocytes) was washed in phosphate buffered saline. Isolated leukocytes were frozen and lysed in 0.9% NaCl 0.4% Triton-X100 1 mM PMSF and the Core 2 GlcNAc-T assayed.
  • PBMNC peripheral blood mononuclear cells
  • PMN polymorphonuclear
  • the reaction was performed in 50 mmol/l 2(N-morpholino) 2(N-morpholino) ethanesulfonic acid pH 7.0; 1 mmol/l UDP GlcNAc, 0.5 ⁇ Ci UDP-6 [3H]-N-acetylglucosamine (16,000 dpm/nmol, NEN Life Science Products, Hounslow, U.K.); 0.1 mol/l GlcNAc; 1 mmol/l ⁇ Dgal (1-3)D ⁇ -GalNAc-p-nitrophenol and 15 ⁇ l cell lysate (100-200 ⁇ g protein) for a final volume of 30 ⁇ l.

Landscapes

  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
  • General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
  • Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
  • Public Health (AREA)
  • Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
  • Immunology (AREA)
  • Proteomics, Peptides & Aminoacids (AREA)
  • Wood Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Zoology (AREA)
  • Oncology (AREA)
  • Communicable Diseases (AREA)
  • Molecular Biology (AREA)
  • Pulmonology (AREA)
  • Virology (AREA)
  • Genetics & Genomics (AREA)
  • Biomedical Technology (AREA)
  • Food Science & Technology (AREA)
  • Nutrition Science (AREA)
  • Mycology (AREA)
  • Microbiology (AREA)
  • Tropical Medicine & Parasitology (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Biochemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Analytical Chemistry (AREA)
  • Biophysics (AREA)
  • Urology & Nephrology (AREA)
  • Biotechnology (AREA)
  • Rheumatology (AREA)

Abstract

Treatments for conditions involving detrimental activity of the enzyme core 2 GlcNAc-T are provided using compounds of the formula I
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00001
    • wherein
    • R1 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy, —NR5R6, or Sac 1;
    • R2 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or Sac 2;
    • R3 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or Sac 3;
    • R4 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl;
    • R5 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl;
    • R6 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl;
    • Sac 1 Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected saccharide moieties; and
    • Z is a steroid moiety;
    • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ether or ester form thereof.

Description

  • The present invention relates to the use of known and novel compounds as inhibitors of UDP-GlcNAc:Galβ1,3GalNAc-R (GlcNAc to GalNAc) β-1,6-N-acetylglucosaminyl transferase (core 2 β-1,6 N-acetylaminotransferase, core 2 GlcNAc-T-EC 2.4.1.102). The present invention relates to the use of known and novel compounds as pharmaceutical actives against diseases susceptible to treatment by modulation, eg. inhibition, of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • Inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T, and the present compounds in particular, have application in therapy for diseases in which core 2 GlcNAc-T is implicated and especially those in which the enzyme activity is raised relative to the normal level in the tissue type concerned, or those conditions in which it is advantageous to lower the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T for example to its normal level or below. Examples of such conditions are inflammatory diseases such as atherosclerosis and multiple sclerosis, diabetes, cancer including treatment or prevention of metastasis.
  • Inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T are known but none are in clinical development as isolated actives for pharmaceutical use. Examples of known compounds are disclosed in WO0187548, Kuhns et al., Glycoconjugate Journal 10 381-394 (1993), Hindsgaul et al., J Biol Chem. 266(27):17858-62 (1991), and Toki et al, Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 198(2):417-23 (1994).
  • Applicant's co-pending application WO05/060977 (incorporated herein by reference) discloses known and novel steroidal glycosides that have therapeutic use as Core GlcNAc-T inhibitors, discusses the basis for use of such inhibitors in therapy and discloses published documents detailing the basis for Core 2 GlcNAc-T involvement in a number of diseases. Compounds of the formula IIb are not disclosed therein. The present application discloses further steroidal glycoside compounds that are inhibitors of core 2 GlcNAc-T and additional conditions in which these compounds have a therapeutic use.
  • The present inventors have determined that the compounds herein described can inhibit glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T and glucose induced binding of human leukocytes to cultured bovine retinal capillary endothelial cells as measured in assays described herein. The administration of these compounds, hereinafter referred to as Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors to patients can prevent or treat the abnormal formation of core 2 O-glycans and sialyl Lewisx by inhibiting raised activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in the aforementioned disease states.
  • Following initiation of glycosylation by the attachment of an N-acetylglucosamine (GalNAc) to either a serine or threonine residue in a protein to be glycosylated, processing proceeds by elongation, branching and then terminal modification of the O-glycans.
  • Essential steps in O-glycan elongation and branching are catalysed by multiple glycosyl transferase isoforms from families of homologous glycosyltransferases. Depending on which saccharide groups are subsequently attached to this first GalNAc residue, O-glycans are divided into four major subtypes (FIG. 1). The core 1 structure is formed by addition of galactose to form Galβ1-3GalNAc-αSer/Thr. The core 2 structure requires the core 1 structure as substrate and is formed by addition of GlcNAc to form Galβ1-3(GlcNAcβ1-6)GalNAc-αSer/Thr. The core 3 structure is formed by the addition of GlcNAc to form GlcNAcβ1-3GalNAc-αSer/Thr. The core 4 structure requires the core 3 structure as substrate and is formed by addition of GlcNAc to form GlcNAcβ1-3(GlcNAcβ1-6)GalNAc-αSer/Thr. Other modifications to the core GalNAc structure have also been found, but appear to be uncommon. All these core structures are further modified by galactosylation, sialylation, fucosylation, sulfation or elongation to eventually form the O-glycan.
  • Three forms of Core 2 GlcNAc-T are known. Core 2 GlcNAc-T I identified in from leukemic cells, core 2 GlcNAc-T II identified in mucin secreting tissue, and a third thymus associated type designated core 2 GlcNAc-T III.
  • Cell surface O-glycans are known to play a crucial role in mediating cell-cell interactions in development and certain disease states. The patterns of protein glycosylation are determined largely by the activity and specificity of the glycotransferase enzymes, such as core 2 GlcNAc-T which is expressed in the Golgi apparatus (Colley K. J. Glycobiology 7, 1-13 (1997) Varki A. Glycobiology 3, 97-130 (1993)) Core 2 GlcNAc-T plays a crucial role in the biosynthesis of O-linked glycans (3-4) and represents an important regulatory step for the extension of O-linked sugars with polylactosamine (i.e. repeating Galβ1-4GlcNAcβ1-3), a structure associated with malignant transformation (Leferte S. Cancer Res. 48, 4743-4748 (1988) Ellies L. G. Immunity 9, 881-890 (1998)).
  • Changes in the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T have been associated with various disease states, such as T-cell activation, cancers, metastasis, myeloblastic leukaemia, myocardial dysfunction and inflammation (Brockhausen I. et al. Cancer Res. 51, 1257-1263 (1991) Renkonen J., APMIS 109, 500-506 (2001) Machida E. et al., Cancer Res. 61, 2226-2231 (2001) Dalziel M. Biol. Chem. 276, 11007-11105 (2001) Perandio M., Blood 97, 3812-3819 (2001) Yousefi S., J. Biol. Chem. 266, 1772-1782 (1991) Higgins E. A., J. Biol. Chem. 266, 6280-6290 (1991) Piller F. J. Biol. Chem. 263, 15146-15150 (1988). Koya D. et al., FASEB J. 13, 2329-2337 (1999) Nishio Y. J. Clin. Invest. 96, 1759-1767 (1995) Tsuboi S., Bioassays 23, 46-53 (2001) Tsuboi S., EMBO J. 16, 6364-6373 (1997)). Regulation of core 2 GlcNAc-T is thought to be particularly important, because addition of lactosamine structures to the basic core oligosaccharides formed by this enzyme and subsequent modification with fucose and sialic acid, results in the formation of the Lewisx, sialyl-sialyl Lewisa, and Lewisx sugar groups that constitute the ligands of selectins which are cell adhesion proteins. This selectin-ligand interaction plays an important role in many processes.
  • Inflammation is how the body generally responds to infection or to some other form of trauma. One of the major events during inflammation is the movement of cells of the immune system from the blood stream to the infected or injured area. Once at the site of injury, these cells are responsible for the isolation, destruction and removal of the offending agent.
  • Acute inflammation, characterised by short duration (minutes to days), is essential for health, but sometimes the inflammatory process does not end when appropriate, and it is this that causes problems. Chronic inflammation is characterised by long duration (days, weeks, months and even years), lymphocytes and macrophages, tissue destruction and repair, and vascular proliferation and fibrosis. Inflammation can also be triggered inappropriately by the body's normal constituents and plays a role in common diseases, such as asthma, rheumatoid arthritis and inflammatory bowel disease.
  • Many cell adhesion molecules are known to be involved in the process of inflammation. At the site of inflammation, leukocytes first adhere to the vascular endothelial cells prior to the extravasation process. It is postulated that selectins play a crucial role in the initial adhesion of leukocytes to endothelial cells. Cell adhesion mediated by selectins and their carbohydrate ligands leads to the tethering and rolling of leukocytes on endothelial linings. This then leads to the secondary firm adhesion. Within hours of the initial stimulus, neutrophils begin to enter the tissue and may continue transmigration for many days. In some inflammatory conditions, tissue damage is caused by direct injury of the vessels and amplified by the subsequent recruitment of neutrophils into the tissue.
  • The expression of O-glycans reduces cell-cell interactions because of the bulkiness of these adducts. The expression of core 2 O-glycans is regulated by the transcriptional levels of core 2 GlcNAc-T in all of these cases. Antigen-mediated activation of peripheral T and B-cells is characterised by increased activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T and branched O-glycans on CD43 (leukosialin) (Tsuboi S., Bioassays 23, 46-53 (2001) Piller F. et al., J. Biol. Chem. 263, 15146-15150 (1988)).
  • Leukocyte extravasation, lymphocyte trafficking and other processes involve O-glycan synthesised by core 2 GlcNAc-T. Specifically, cell-surface O-glycan structures terminating in sialyl Lewisx are involved in the recruitment of leukocytes to the site of inflammation. Core 2 GlcNAc-T is not important for T-cell development, but over expression of this enzyme has been shown to completely block the development of myeloid lineages. Over expression of core 2 O-glycans has also been reported to affect the interaction between T-cells and B-cells (TB interaction). This T-B interaction is crucial for humoral immune response and is mediated through binding of the CD40 ligand (CD40L) on T-cells with CD40 on B-cells (CD40L-CD40 interaction). This interaction induces the proliferation of B-cells. Over expression of core 2 O-glycans has been shown to cause significant reduction in CD40L-CD40 interaction (Tsuboi S., J. Biol. Chem. 273(46), 30680-30687 (1998)).
  • It is possible to effectively block the initial step of leukocyte invasion from taking place, by blocking the synthesis of sialyl Lewisx on the cell surface of activated leukocytes and thereby halting their interactions with selectins. Therefore, inhibitors of core 2 GlcNAc-T that can reduce the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T have utility in modulating inflammation.
  • Atherosclerosis is a progressive inflammatory disease of unknown mechanism. Recruitment and adhesion of circulating leukocytes to the endothelium particularly at arterial branches and bifurcations is one of the earliest events known to occur in atherogenesis. Integrins on the leukocytes then cause a stronger attachment between the cells. Leukocytes transmigrate through into the sub-endothelial space where they begin to accumulate in the intima. Monocytes become converted to activated macrophages with the presence of oxidised low density lipoprotein (LDL-oxLDL), these activated macrophages take up the modified types of lipoprotein via their scavenger receptors and differentiate to become foam cells. Histological analysis of atherosclerotic coronary arteries from patients who died of acute coronary syndromes demonstrate foam cells, macrophages, lymphocytes and mast cells were present in unstable or ruptured plaques (Mulvihill N. T. Heart. 87(3):201-4. (2002)).
  • At least three leukocyte adhesion molecules, E-selectin, ICAM-1, and VCAM-1, have been identified in human atherosclerosis (Guray U. et al. Int J Cardiol. 2004 96(2):235-40. O'Brien K D Circulation. 15; 93(4):672-82. (1996).). Further, in contrast to normal vessels, P selectin is overly expressed by epithelial cells in atherosclerotic lesions and expression of E-selectin and ICAM-1 (Davies M J. J Pathol. 171(3):223-9 (1993).) at the arterial lumen, has been found to be increased in arterial segments with mononuclear leukocyte accumulation. A third adhesion molecule, VCAM-1, has been detected in animal models of atherosclerosis, and also has been shown to be more prevalent in the intima of atherosclerotic plaques than in non atherosclerotic segments of human coronary arteries.
  • Chibber et al (Chibber R; Diabetes; 49(10):1724-30 (2000).) evaluated the importance of core 2 GlcNAc-T in increased leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion and found significant increases in the activity of this enzyme in leukocytes of diabetic patients. However, until now there has been no evidence that core 2 GlcNAc-T activity is raised in circulating leukocytes of patients suffering from atherosclerosis. The applicants have now demonstrated that activity of the enzyme Core 2 GlcNAc-T is indeed raised in circulating leukocytes from patients with atherosclerosis, suggesting that compounds capable of lowering the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T would be useful in the treatment or prevention of atherosclerosis or in preventing reoccurrence of atherosclerotic plaques in patients following interventions.
  • Although the clinical symptoms of diabetic cardiomyopathy have been identified, its pathogenesis is uncertain. The definition of diabetic cardiomyopathy describes both specific defects in the diabetic's myocytes, such as fibrosis leading to myocardial hypertrophy and diastolic dysfunction, and associated changes in the heart which have developed during the course of diabetes.
  • There is now strong evidence suggesting that raised activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T is directly responsible for elevated glycoconjugates, commonly observed in the heart tissue of diabetic animals and patients. In support of this, it has recently been shown that increased core 2 GlcNAc-T activity causes pathology similar to that observed in the heart of diabetic patients after years with the condition, in the heart of diabetic experimental animal models. Studies were carried out using a transgenic mouse with core 2 GlcNAc-T expression driven by a cardiac myosin promoter. At 4 months, a marked hypertrophy of the left ventricle and general hypertrophy of the heart was observed (Nishio Y., J. Clin. Invest. 96, 1759-1767 (1995) Tsuboi S, Bioassays 23, 46-53 (2001)).
  • Marked changes in core 2 branching and core 2 GlcNAc-T activities are associated with malignant transformation, leukaemia and carcinomas (Tsuboi S. J. Biol. Chem. 273(46), 30680-30687 (1998) Saitoh O., Cancer Res. 51(11), 2854-2862 (1991) Brockhausen I., Cancer Res. 51, 1257-1263 (1991) Renkonen J., APMIS 109, 500-506 (2001) Shimodaira K., Cancer Res. 1; 57(23), 5201-5216 (1997)). Rat fibroblasts and mammary carcinoma cells transfected with T24H-ras express core 2 O-glycans as they become metastatic tumours.
  • There is a great deal of evidence pointing to the involvement of core 2 GlcNAc-T in cancer and cancer metastasis. For example, highly metastatic colonic carcinoma cells both express more sialyl Lewisx than their low metastatic counterparts and adhere more strongly to E-selectin than poorly metastatic cells. There is a strong correlation between the expression of sialyl Lewisx in tumour cells and tumour progression (Brockhausen I, ibid). Moreover, a good correlation exists between the expression of sialyl Lewisx in core 2 O-glycans and lymphatic and venous invasion.
  • Recent findings suggest that core 2 GlcNAc-T in combination with α1,3-Fuc-T contributes to the selectin-mediated metastasis in oral cavity carcinomas (Renkonen J., APMIS 109, 500-506 (2001)). Moreover, Western blot analysis revealed the presence of a major approximately 150 kDa glycoprotein that carries a-linked oligosaccharides recognised by anti-sLex monoclonal antibody in sLex-positive pre-B leukaemia cell lines. This correlation of core 2 GlcNAc-T with CD15 expression suggests that core 2 GlcNAc-T is a regulator of the cell surface expression of sialyl Lewisx in human pre-B lymphoid cells. These results indicate that core 2 GlcNAc-T mRNA detected by in situ hybridisation reflects the malignant potentials of pulmonary adenocarcinoma, because lymph node metastasis is the most affecting factor to the patient's prognosis.
  • Expression of sialyl Lewisx in mouse melanoma B16-FI by transfection with the enzyme 1,3-fucosyltransferase have also confirmed the importance of sialyl Lewisx in tumour metastasis. Intravenous injection of the transfected cells into mice formed a large number of lung tumour nodules, while the parent B16-FI cells scarcely formed tumours.
  • The expression of sialyl Lewisa, sialyl Lewisx (both selectin ligand carbohydrate structures) and raised activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T are all closely associated with malignancy of colorectal cancer (Numahata K., Blood 82(9), 2797-805 (2002))
  • Recently, Numahata demonstrated that sialyl Lewisx expression in primary bladder carcinoma is a predictor of invasive and metastatic outcome. No other carbohydrate epitope examined to date has equal prognostic value. Recently US 2004/0033521 disclosed that core 2b GlcNAc-T is over expressed in both liver and stomach tumours and in colon cancer and liver metastasis samples. Furthermore, WO 04/093662 demonstrates that core 2 GlcNAc-T is raised in prostate cancer testicular and bladder cancer. Levels of core 2 GlcNAc-T increase with increasing chance of metastasis or recurrence of disease.
  • Accordingly inhibitors of core 2 GlcNAc-T would be expected to reduce the production of the O-glycans, for example those bearing sialyl Lewisx, and would reduce cancer invasiveness and metastasis and be useful in treatment of cancers where core 2 GlcNAc-T expression is raised above normal levels for that tissue type.
  • Diabetic retinopathy is a progressive vision threatening complication of diabetes (Klein R., Arch. Opthalmol. 107, 244-250 (1989)) characterised by capillary occlusion, formation of microvascular lesions and retinal neovascularisation adjacent to ischaemic areas of the retina (Davis M. D., Diabetes Care 15, 1844-1873 (1993) Kohner E. M. in Diabetic Angiopathy, ed. Tooke J. E., pages 233-247, Oxford University Press (1999)).
  • It has recently been found that raised activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T is directly responsible for increased leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion and capillary occlusion in diabetic retinopathy (Chibber R. et al., Diabetes 49, 1724-1730 (2000)). It has now also been demonstrated that elevated glucose and diabetic serum increase the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T and the adhesion of human leukocytes to endothelial cells. This occurs through PKCβ2-dependent phosphorylation of core 2 GlcNAc-T (Koya D., Diabetes 47, 859-866 (1998), Meier M. et al., Vasc. Med. 5, 173-185 (2000)). This regulatory mechanism involving phosphorylation of core 2 GlcNAc-T is also present in polymorphonuclear leukocytes (PMNs) isolated from Type 1 and Type 2 diabetic patients.
  • Inhibition of PKCβ2 activation by the specific inhibitor, LY379196, attenuates serine phosphorylation of core 2 GlcNAc-T, prevents the increase in activity and thus prevents increased leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion. Such an inhibitor provides validation that reduction of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity provides a method of preventing increased leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion and preventing capillary occlusion in retinopathy associated with diabetes or hyperglycaemia.
  • Fenugreek has been used for thousands of years for the treatment of diabetes. The plant contains many active ingredients, such as coumarins, saponins and glycosides, Many studies (44) have demonstrated the hypoglycaemic properties of fenugreek in both animals and humans. The hypoglycaemic properties have been attributed to the amino acid 4-hydroxyisoleucine which has potent insulinotropic activity (Broca C, Eur. J. Pharmacol. 390(3), 339-345 (2000), Sauvaire Y., Diabetes 47(2), 206-210 (1998)).
  • Some of the presently disclosed steroidal glycosides have been tested previously in a limited number of disease paradigms. For example in protection against gastric mucosal lesions in rats (Matsuda H et al Bioorg Med Chem Lett. 24; 13(6):1101-6, 2003), in mouse ear edema tests for anti inflammatory activity (Kim et al Arch Pharm Res. 22(3):313-6 (1999)), in treatment of dementia (U.S. Pat. No. 6,593,301) as “immuno-modulators” and spermatogenesis and ovulation stimulators (Vasil'eva and Paseshnichenko Adv. Exp. Med. Biol. 404, 15-22 (1996)) and as adjuvants (Oda et al Biol Chem. 381(1):67-74 (2000)). Compounds of the invention have also been used in in vitro cytotoxicity assays (e.g. Hu et al Planta Medica, 63(2), 161-165 (1997), Mimaki et al Phytochemistry 37(1):227-32 (1994), Akhov et al Proc. Phytochem. Soc. Euprope 45, 227-231 (2000) Hernandez, J. C. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 12(16), 4423-4429 (2004), Mimaki Y. et al Natural Product Letters, 14(5), 357-364 (2000), Dong M. et al Planta Med. 67(9):853-7 (2001), Nakamura O. et al Phytochemistry. 36(2):463-7 (1994), Hu K. et al Planta Med. 62(6):573-5 (1996), Hu K and Yao X. Anticancer Drugs. 12(6):541-7 (2001), Hu K and Yao X. Phytother Res. 17(6):620-6 (2003)), however cytotoxic concentrations in cell based assays are several orders of magnitude higher than those currently disclosed for inhibition of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity. CN1243129 and CN1237583 disclose the use of certain compounds presently disclosed in cancer. None of the aforementioned publications discloses that certain steroidal glycosides are inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • Certain plant sterol compounds, some of which are used as dietary supplements, impede the uptake of cholesterol from the gut and consequently lower plasma LDL cholesterol. However these compounds are generally used in doses of several grams per day and are not known to be inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • The present invention also relates to treatments for and diagnosis of neuroinflammatory diseases and in particular multiple sclerosis (MS).
  • Multiple sclerosis is a disease with a significant inflammatory component. Although this enzyme has been implicated in inflammation (WO 0031109), Orlacchio A. et al (1997) J Neurol Sci. 22; 151(2):177-83 discloses that the level of activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T is reduced in lymphomonocytes from patients with both relapsing remitting and progressive MS.
  • The present inventors have now surprisingly determined that Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity is in fact significantly raised in leukocyte preparations containing peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMNC) and polymorphonuclear (PMN) leukocytes from sample patients with MS. As Core 2 based oligosaccharides are found inter alia as a component of the ligands of proteins that are thought to mediate aspects of cell adhesion during the inflammatory response this has implications for increased leukocyte infiltration of tissues in MS. As raised Core 2 GlcNAc-T contributes to increased adhesiveness of leukocytes, the present inventors have determined that lowering the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T should tend to normalise adhesiveness of leukocytes, reduce leukocyte extravasation and reduce neuro-inflammation and associated plaque in MS patients.
  • Thus, in a first aspect the present invention is provided a method of treating a subject in need of therapy for a condition involving detrimental activity of the enzyme core 2 GlcNAc-T, particularly raised activity, comprising administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an inhibitor of core 2 GlcNAc-T of formula I to a patient in need thereof
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00002
  • wherein R1 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy, —NR5R6, or Sac 1; R2 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or Sac; R3 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or Sac 3; R4 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R5 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; R6 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl;
  • Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected saccharide moieties attached to the ring through an oxygen; and Z is a steroid moiety attached to the oxygen shown by its 3 position ring carbon;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ether, ester or tautomeric form thereof.
  • When one of R1 to R3 is a saccharide moiety, the ring of formula I is designated ring A.
  • preferably R1, R2 and R3 are independently selected from H, —OH, or a saccharide moiety Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 respectively; more preferably R1 is Sac 1; more preferably R2 is —OH; more preferably R3 is Sac 3;
  • preferably R4 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R4 is H, —CH2OH or —CH3; more preferably still R4 is —CH2OH; more preferably still R4 is —CH2OH and the resultant moiety is a glucose or galactose moiety; most preferably a glucose moiety;
  • preferably R5 is H or C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R5 is H or —CH3; most preferably R5 is H;
  • preferably R6 is H —CH3 or —COCH3; most preferably R6 is —COCH3; and
  • Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 are attached to the ring through an oxygen; preferably Sac 1 Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected from monosaccharide moieties and disaccharide moieties; preferably monosaccharide moieties; more preferably they are independently selected from a tetrose a pentose and a hexose. Preferably Sac 1 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy-aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a deoxy-aldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a 6-deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from. glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose; most preferably it is rhamnose;
  • Preferably Sac 2 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy-aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 2 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 2 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a 6-deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 2 is selected from. glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose;
  • Preferably Sac 3 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 3 is selected from arabinose, xylose, quinovose rhamnose or an aldohexose, more preferably Sac 3 is selected from arabinose, xylose, quinovose, rhamnose, mannose, glucose and galactose, most preferably Sac 3 is rhamnose or glucose; and
  • Z is a steroid moiety;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ether, ester or tautomeric form thereof.
  • The prior art associates Core 2 GlcNAc-T (particularly through its involvement with branched oligosaccharide synthesis) with a number of conditions, accordingly the present inventors have determined that Core 2 GlcNAc-T modulation, particularly inhibition, may be used to treat inter alia, vascular diseases, (including complications of diabetes such as diabetic retinopathy and diabetic cardiomyopathy), autoimmune and acute or chronic inflammatory conditions. Particular conditions associated with this enzyme and thus subject to treatment by the present invention are myopathy, retinopathy, nephropathy, atherosclerosis, myocardial dysfunction, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, transplant rejection, ischemia reperfusion injury (eg stroke, myocardial ischemia, intestinal reperfusion e.g. after hemorrhagic shock,), restenosis, ileitis, Crohn's disease, thrombosis, cholitis including for example ulcerative cholitis), lupus, frost bite injury, acute leukocyte mediated lung injury (eg adult respiratory distress syndrome), traumatic shock, septic shock, nephritis, psoriasis, cholicytitis, cirrhosis, diverticulitis, fulminant hepatitis, gastritis, gastric and duodenal ulcers, hepatorenal syndrome, irritable bowel syndrome, jaundice, pancreatitis, ulcerative cholitis, human granulocyte ehlichiosis, Wiskott-Aldrich syndrome, T-cell activation, AIDS, infection with viruses, bacteria, protozoa and parasites adapted to use particular core 2 derived glycans and cancer. Cancer metastasis is particularly treatable by the present method.
  • Cancers may include, for example, leukemias (for example myoblastic leukemia), lymphomas, melanomas, adenomas, sarcomas, and carcinomas of solid tissues; particularly cancers include prostate, testicular, mammary, pancreatic, cervical, uterine, kidney, lung, rectum, breast, gastric, thyroid, neck, cervix, bowel, salivary gland, bile duct, pelvis, mediastinum, urethra, bronchogenic, bladder, esophagus, colon, small intestine and sarcomas (eg. Kaposi's sarcoma) and adenomatous polyps. Particularly susceptible cancers for treatment are leukemia oral cavity carcinomas, pulmonary cancers such as pulmonary adenocarcinoma, colorectal cancer, bladder carcinoma, liver tumours, stomach tumours colon tumours, prostate cancer, testicular tumour, mammary cancer, lung tumours oral cavity carcinomas. Particular application is found in cancer or its metastasis where Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity is raised. or is raised above normal levels for that tissue type.
  • Preferably the compound of the formula I is a compound of the formula IIa or formula IIb
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00003
  • wherein
  • R2 is H, —OH, or C1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R2 is H or —OH; R4 is as defined above; and Sac 1, Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected saccharide moieties.
  • More preferred compounds are those of the formula IIa or IIb wherein R4 is H, —CH2OH or —CH3;
  • Particularly preferred still are those compounds wherein: R4 is —CH2OH;
  • More preferred still are those compounds wherein: R4 is —CH2OH and the moiety A is a glucose moiety;
  • In compounds of the formula IIb R3 is preferably H or —OH.
  • In a preferred combination, for compounds of the formula IIa, Ring A is either glucose or galactose; preferably glucose; Sac 1 is selected from glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose and is preferably rhamnose; Sac 3 is selected from glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose; preferably glucose.
  • In compounds of the formula IIb, saccharides Sac 1 and Sac 2 include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides and polysaccharides. Preferably Sac1 and Sac2 are monosaccharides, but may be independently selected as di- or oligosaccharides. Preferably Sac1 and Sac2 are independently selected from a tetrose a pentose and a hexose;
  • Preferably Sac 1 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy-aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from the group consisting of arabinose, xylose, glucose, mannose, galactose, and a 6-deoxyaldohexose; more preferably Sac 1 is selected from. glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose; more preferably it is rhamnose.
  • Preferably Sac 2 is selected from a pentose, a deoxy aldohexose and an aldohexose; more preferably Sac2 is selected from arabinose, xylose, quinovose rhamnose or an aldohexose, more preferably Sac2 is selected from the group consisting of arabinose, xylose, quinovose, rhamnose, glucose, mannose, gulose, altrose, allose idose and talose, more preferably still Sac2 is rhamnose or glucose; most preferably it is glucose.
  • In a preferred combination of formula IIb, the group A is glucose or galactose, Sac 1 is rhamnose and Sac 2 is arabinose, xylose, quinovose, rhamnose, glucose, mannose, galactose, altrose, allose idose and talose, more preferably is glucose or rhamnose.
  • Most preferred are compounds of the formula I which are of the formula IIIa and formula IIIb:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00004
  • Wherein the ring A is a glucose moiety, and which formulae may be written
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00005
  • In which Rha represents rhamnose, Glc represents glucose and 2, 3 and 4 are the positions of ring A to which the saccharides are attached.
  • Most preferred are compounds which are 6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranosides or 6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl (1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranosides respectively, of steroid moieties Z.
  • Alternatively compounds of the formula I are compounds of the formula IV:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00006
  • wherein:
  • wherein R1 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy, —NR5R6, or Sac 1; preferably R1 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or —NR5R6; more preferably R1 is —NR5R6
  • R3 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R3 is H or —OH
  • R4 and Sac2 are as defined above;
  • Preferred compounds of the formula IV are compounds in which:
  • R1 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or NR5R6; R4 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; Sac 2 is glucose, galactose, arabinose, xylose and rhamnose
  • More preferred compounds of the formula IV are those in which: R1 is —NH—C1-6-acyl; R4 is —CH3 or —CH2OH; Most preferred are the compounds of the formula IV which are of the formula Galβ1→3(6-deoxy)GalNAcα-Z
  • The term “steroid moiety” denotes a moiety comprising a tetracyclic ring system shown as formula V:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00007
  • Typically the steroid moiety ring system is modified, for example by the addition of one or more further rings and/or one or more double bonds and/or one or more substituents. Typically the saccharide ring A is attached to the steroid moiety at the 3 position. The steroid moiety may for example have the ring system of cholestane, pregnane, androstane, estrane, cholesterol, cholane, progestin, a mineralocorticoid, such as dehydroepiandrosterone or its 7-keto or 7-hydroxy analogue or a bile acid.
  • In one preferred embodiment the steroid moiety is that of a steroid that is in itself beneficial or neutral. By neutral is meant that the steroid ring is that which is considered suitable, whether as approved eg. by the FDA or as GRAS, for use in a human or animal. By beneficial is meant that the steroid has effects of benefit to the human or animal if it were administered separately.
  • The steroid moiety Z may for example be that of a steroidal sapogenin derivable from natural sources (for example plant sources) or a steroidal moiety which is itself derivable from such steroidal sapogenins by chemical modification. The sapogenin may for example be that of a furostanol glycoside, a spirostanol glycoside (including those with nitrogen and oxygen containing rings) a damarane glycoside or other steroidal saponin. The steroid moiety Z for example may be a steroid moiety of the formula VI
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00008
  • Groups or rings that may be incorporated into the steroid core V or VI are selected from those set out in formulae VI a to VI e wherein the dotted lines represent the relevant rings of the steroid core.
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00009
  • wherein:
  • R7, R14, R22 and R24 are independently selected from H and —OH;
  • R8, R18, R23, R27 R29 and R33 are independently selected from C1-6 alkyl; preferably R8, R18, R23, R27, R29 and R33 are —CH3;
  • R9, R11 and R16 are independently selected from H and C1-6 alkyl; preferably R9, R11 and R16 are independently selected from H and —CH3;
  • R10 is H or —OH or the H normally also present is absent and R10 is ═O;
  • R12 is H, —OH or C1-6 acyl or a group selected from VII a or VII b; preferably R12 is H, —OH or acetyl or a group selected from VII a or VII b;
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00010
  • R13 is H.
  • R15 is H, C1-6 alkyl or —OH or R13 and R15 taken together form a —CH2—CH2— group; preferably R15 is H, —OH or —CH3 or R13 and R15 taken together form a —CH2—CH2— group;
  • R17 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; preferably R17 is H, —CH2OH, or —CH3.
  • R19 is H or —OH.
  • R20 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkoxy or R19 and R20 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R20 is H, —OH or —OCH3 or R19 and R20 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R21 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl or a C1-6 alkyl or C2-6 alkenyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, C1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4; preferably R21 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl or a C1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, C1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4; more preferably R21 is C2-6 alkenyl, or a C1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, C1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4; more preferably R21 is C2-6 alkenyl or a C1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3 and Sac 4; most preferably R21 is selected from the group consisting of 3-methyl but-2-eneyl, 2-methyl-prop-2-enyl, 3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4, 1-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4, or 1-methoxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4,
  • In compounds of the formula I and particularly for compounds of the formula IIa
  • R21 may be 3-methylenebutyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4.
  • R21 may be 4-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl.
  • R25 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ═CH2; preferably R25 is —CH3, —CH2OH or ═CH2;
  • R26 is —OH;
  • R28 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl or C2-6 alkynyl; preferably R28 is C2-6 alkenyl; most preferably it is 2-methylprop-2-enyl
  • R30 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl;
  • R31 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 5; preferably R31 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 5; more preferably R31 is —CH3 or —CH2-Sac 5.
  • R32 is C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl; preferably R32 is C1-8 alkyl or C2-8 alkenyl; more preferably 3-ethyl-4-methyl-pentanyl or 5-methyl-hex-4-enyl;
  • R34 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 6; preferably R34 is C1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 6; more preferably R34 is —CH2-Sac 6;
  • R35 is C1-6 alkyl; preferably R35 is —CH3; and
  • Sac 4, Sac 5 and Sac 6 are independently selected saccharides; preferably Sac 4, Sac5 and Sac 6 are independently selected monosaccharides; more preferably they are independently selected a hexose, a pentose or a tetrose; more preferably still they are independently selected from glucose, galactose, quinovose, fucose, arabinose and xylose, most preferably they are glucose.
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-P00001
    Represents a bond that is either double or single; and
  • X is either O or NH; preferably X is O.
  • For compounds of the formula I and particularly of the formula IIa and IV the following preferences pertain.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; and R12 is VII(a); preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(a); R15 is C1-6 alkyl and R10 is H or —OH; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(a); R15 is C1-6 alkyl; R10 is H or —OH, R16 is C1-6 alkyl and R17 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl.
  • Further preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; and R12 is VII(b); preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(b) and R16, R17 and R15 are C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(b) and R16, R17 and R15 are C1-6 alkyl and R10 is H or —OH.
  • Further preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; and R12 is C1-6 acyl; preferably R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is C1-6 acyl; R16 and R17 are H R15 is H or —OH.
  • Further preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; and R12 is VII b; preferably R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is VIIb; R16 and R17 are H; and R15 is H or —OH;
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI a are those in which R9 is H, R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is H or —OH; R16 and R17 are H and R21 is a C2-6 alkenyl group or a C1-6 alkyl or C2-6 alkenyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3 and Sac 4, preferably R21 is a C2-6 alkenyl group or a C1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3 and Sac 4 preferably R8 is C1-6 alkyl and R9 is H and R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is H or —OH; R16 and R17 are H and R21 is 3-methyl but-2-eneyl, 2-methyl-prop-2-enyl, 3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac4, 1-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac4, 1-methoxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac4, 3-methylenebutyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4, and 4-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl.
  • Alternatively, steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI a are those in which R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R20 is H; and R21 is a C2-6 alkenyl; preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R20 is H; R21 is a C2-6 alkenyl; and R10 is H; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R20 is H; R21 is a C2-6 alkenyl; R10 is H; and R15 is —OH or —CH2—CH2—; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R20 is H; R21 is a C2-6 alkenyl; R10 is H; R15 is —OH or —CH2—CH2—; and R16 and R17 is C1-6 alkyl.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI c are those in which R8 is C1-6 alkyl and R9 is H and R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is H or —OH; R15 is H or —OH; R16 and R17 are H; more preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI c are those in which R8 is C1-6 alkyl and R9 is H and R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is H or —OH; R15 is H or —OH; R16 and R17 are H and X is O.
  • For compounds of the formula I of the formula IIb the following further preferences pertain.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; and R12 is VII(a); preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(a); R15 is C1-6 alkyl and R10 is H or —OH; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(a); R15 is C1-6 alkyl; R10 is H or —OH, R16 is C1-6 alkyl and R17 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl.
  • Further preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; and R12 is VII(b); preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(b) and R16, R17 and R15 are C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl; R11 is H; R12 is VII(b) and R16, R17 and R15 are C1-6 alkyl and R10 is H.
  • Further preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; and R12 is C1-6 acyl; preferably R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is C1-6 acyl; R16 and R17 are H; R15 is H or —OH.
  • Further preferred steroid moieties Z that do not incorporate further groups VI(a) to VI(e) are those in which R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; and R12 is VII b; preferably R9 is H; R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is VIIb; R16 and R17 are H; and R15 is H or —OH;
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI(a) are those in which R9 is H, R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is H or —OH; R16 and R17 are H and R21 is C2-6 alkenyl or a C1-6 alkyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3 and Sac 4; preferably R9 is H and R11 is C1-6 alkyl; R12 is H or —OH; R16 and R17 are H and R21 is selected from the group comprising 3-methyl but-2-eneyl, 2-methyl-prop-2-enyl, 3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4, 1-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by S3 or 1-methoxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Sac 4.
  • Further preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI(a) are those in which R9 is C1-6 alkyl, and R11 is H and R21 is C2-6 alkenyl; preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl, R11 is H, R21 is C2-6 alkenyl, R16 and R17 are C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl, and R11 is H, R21 is C2-6 alkenyl, R16 and R17 are C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R9 is C1-6 alkyl, and R11 is H, R21 is C2-6 alkenyl, R16 and R17 are C1-6 alkyl; and R19 is —OH.
  • Preferred steroid moieties Z incorporating further groups VI(c) are those in which R9 is H, R11 is C1-6 alkyl, R12 is H or —OH, R15 is H or —OH; R16 and R17 are H.
  • For compounds of the formula I of the formula IIa, IIb or IV, preferred steroid moieties of formula VI a and VI b are those having the ring structures illustrated in FIG. 1 still more preferably having the substitutions as set forth therein. In each case the chiral centre at the carbon labelled “25” can be in either the R or S configuration.
  • More preferred steroid moieties, Z, of the formula VI c in which X═O are for example those having the radicals of sarsasapogenin, smilagenin, 12β-hydroxysmilagenin, rhodeasapogenin, isorhodiasapogenin, samogenin, 12β-hydroxysamogenin, markogenin, yonogenin, convallagenin A, convallagenin B, tokorogenin, tigogenin, neotigogenin, gitogenin, agigenin digitogenin, chlorogenin, paniculogenin, (25R)-spirostan-3β,17α,21-triol, allogenin, (25R)-5α-spirostan-2α,3β,5α,6α-tetraol, (24S,25R)-5α-spirostan-2α,3β,5α,6β,24-pentaol, yamogenin diosgenin, yuccagenin, lilagenin, ruscogenin, (25S)-ruscogenin, neopraserigenin, pennogenin, isonuatigenin, cepagenin, 24a-hydroxypennogenin, ophiogenin, sibiricogenin, convallamarogenin, neoruscogenin, hecogenin, neohecogenin, manogenin, sisalagenin and hispigenin.
  • Preferred steroid moieties, Z, of the formula VI c in which X═NH are for example those that have the radicals of: solasodine, soladulcidine, tomatidine and 5-dehydrotomatidine.
  • Preferred steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI c are those having the ring structures illustrated in FIG. 2; still more preferably having the substitutions as set forth therein.
  • Further preferred steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI are those having the ring structures of FIG. 3; still more preferably having the substitutions as set forth therein.
  • Preferred steroid moieties VI i to VI xxxiii of FIG. 3 can be derived from steroidal glycoside compounds herein, of references of table 2 and additionally from the following references: Hostettman K. and Marston A (1995), ibid., Mimaki et al Phytochemistry 37(1):227-32 (1994), Li et al Phytochemistry 29(12), 3893-8 (1990), Hernandez et al bioorganic and med. chem. 12(16) 4423-4429 (2004), Renault et al, Phytochemistry, 44(7), 1321-1327 (1997). Zheng et al Steroids, 69(2), 111-119 (2004), Yoshikawa et al. Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2287-91 (1992), Yoshikawa. et al Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2275-8 (1992), Chen. et al Yunnan Zhiwu Yanjiu, 9(4), 495-502 (1987), Fujita et al Phytochemistry, 38(2), 465-72 (1995), Yin et al J. Nat. Products, 67(6), 942-952 (2004), Sang Phytochemistry, 52(8), 1611-1615 (1999), Chen et al Yunnan Zhiwu Yanjiu, 6(1), 111-17 (1984), which are incorporated by reference and from Ori K. et al. Phytochemistry. 31(8):2767-75 (1992), Shimomura H. et al., Phytochemistry 28, 3163-3170 (1989).
  • Preferred compounds of the formula I combine preferred steroid moieties -Z- with preferred saccharide moieties.
  • In one embodiment compounds of the invention are those of the formula IIIa in which the steroid moiety -Z- is selected from group V which incorporate the further group VIa and in which R7, R9, R10, R13, R14, R16, R17 and R19 are H; R12 is H or —OH; R8, R11 and R18 are —CH3; R15 is H or —OH; R20 is —OH or —OCH3 and R21 is 4-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl, 3-methylenebutyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc, 3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc, 1-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc or 1-methoxy-3-methylbutanyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc. It is particularly preferred that when R21 is 3-methylenebutyl substituted at the 4-position by Glc then the compound of the formula IIIa is compound 25 of table 1a. and when R21 is 4-hydroxy-3-methylbutanyl, then the compound of the formula IIIa is either compound 9 or compound 10 of table 1.
  • In certain embodiments the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor preferably comprises a sugar-derived substituent. The term sugar-derived substituent means a saccharide, in which optionally one or more hydrogens and/or one or more hydroxyl groups have been replaced by —R, —OR, —SR, —NR wherein R is methyl, ethyl or propyl to form a derivative.
  • Saccharides include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides and polysaccharides.
  • Monosaccharides include, but are not limited to, arabinose, xylose, lyxose, ribose, glucose, mannose, galactose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, ribulose, xylulose, fructose, sorbose, tagatose, psicose, sedoheptulose, deoxyribose, fucose, rhamnose, 2-deoxy-glucose, quinovose, abequose, glucosamine, mannosamine, galactosamine, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetyl-glucosamine, N-acetyl-mannosamine, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, N-glycolylneuraminic acid, fructuronic acid, tagaturonic acid, glucuronic acid, mannuronic acid, galacturonic acid, iduronic acid, sialic acid and guluronic acid.
  • Preferably, the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor comprises at least one sugar-derived substituent; more preferably, the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor comprises at least two sugar-derived substituents.
  • Preferably, each sugar-derived substituent is independently a mono-, di-, tri- or tetrasacharide; more preferably, each sugar-derived substituent is independently a mono- or trisaccharide.
  • Preferably the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor is a compound of the formula VIII
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00011
  • wherein R101 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy, —NR108R109, or a monosaccharide of the formula: IXa:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00012
  • Preferably R101 is —OH, —NR108R109, or a monosaccharide of the formula IXa; more preferably R101 is —NR108R109, or a monosaccharide of the formula IXa; most preferably R101 is a monosaccharide of the formula IXa;
  • R102 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or a monosaccharide of the formula IXb:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00013
  • Preferably R102 is —OH or a monosaccharide of the formula IXb; more preferably R102 is —OH or a monosaccharide of the formula IXb; most preferably R102 is —OH;
  • R103 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or a monosaccharide of the formula IXc:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00014
  • Preferably R103 is —OH or a monosaccharide of the formula IXc; more preferably R103 is a monosaccharide of the formula IXc; most preferably R103 is glucose;
  • R104 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R104 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R104 is —CH2OH or —CH3; most preferably R104 is —CH2OH;
  • R105 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R105 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R105 is —CH3, —C2H5, —CH2OH or —C2H4OH; most preferably R105 is —CH3;
  • R106 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R106 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably R106 is —CH2OH or —CH3; most preferably R106 is —CH2OH;
  • R107 is C2-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R107 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; more preferably R107 is —CH2OH or C1-6 alkoxymethyl; most preferably R107 is —CH2OH;
  • R108 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; preferably R108 is H or C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R108 is H or CH3; most preferably R108 is H;
  • R109 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; preferably R109 is H or C1-6 acyl more preferably R109 is H or —COCH3; most preferably R109 is —COCH3; and
  • Z is a steroid group;
  • or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or tautomeric form or derivative thereof.
  • In these embodiments preferably the compound of the formula VIII is a compound of the formula X:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00015
  • wherein:
  • R104 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably —CH2OH or —CH3; most preferably —CH2OH;
  • R105 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R105 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R105 is —CH3, —C2H5, —CH2OH or —C2H4OH; most preferably R105 is —CH3; and
  • R107 is C2-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R107 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; more preferably R107 is —CH2OH or C1-6 alkoxymethyl; most preferably R107 is —CH2OH.
  • More preferred are compounds of the formula X wherein: R104 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6 alkyl; R105 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; and R107 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl.
  • More preferred are compounds wherein: R104 is —CH2OH or —CH3;
  • R105 is —CH3; and R107 is —CH3OH.
  • Most preferred compounds of the formula X are compounds of the formula VIII wherein: R101 is rhamnose; R102 is —OH; R103 is glucose; and R104 is —CH2OH.
  • Most preferred are compounds of the formula VIII which are of the formula IV:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00016
  • Also provided are compounds wherein the compound of the formula VIII is a compound of the formula V:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00017
  • wherein:
  • R101 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or NR108R109, or a monosaccharide of the formula IXa:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00018
  • Preferably R101 is —OH, or NR108R109; more preferably R101 is NR108R109.
  • R104 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R104 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably R104 is C1-6 alkyl; most preferably —CH3;
  • R105 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R105 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; more preferably R105 is —CH3 or —CH2OH; most preferably R105 is —CH3; and
  • R106 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; preferably R106 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl more preferably R106 is —CH2OH or —CH3; most preferably R106 is —CH2OH;
  • R108 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; preferably R108 is H or C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R108 is H or CH3; most preferably R108 is H;
  • R109 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; preferably R109 is H or C1-6 acyl more preferably R109 is H or —COCH3; most preferably R109 is —COCH3; and
  • Z is a steroid group.
  • Preferred compounds of the formula XII are compounds in which R101 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or NR108R109; R104 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; R106 is C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; R108 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; and R109 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl.
  • More preferred compounds of the formula XII are those in which R101 is —NH—C1-6-acyl; R104 is C1-6 alkyl or —CH2OH; and R106 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl.
  • Most preferred are the compounds of the formula IV which are of the formula:

  • Galβ1→3(6-deoxy)GalNAcα-Z
  • In one such embodiment the steroid group is a steroidal sapogenin of the formula VII:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00019
  • wherein:
  • R112 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R112 is H or —OH; most preferably R112 is H;
  • R113 is H, —OH, ═O, or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R113 is H or —OH; most preferably R113 is H;
  • R114 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkyl or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R114 is H or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R115 is H, or —OH, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; preferably R115 is H, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; more preferably R115 is H;
  • R116 is H, OH or ═O; preferably R116 is H or ═O; more preferably R116 is H;
  • R117 is H, OH or ═O; preferably R117 is H or —OH; more preferably R117 is H;
  • R118 is H, OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R118 is H, OH, C1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R118 is H or OH; most preferably R118 is H;
  • R119 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R119 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R119 is H, OH or C1-6 alkyl; most preferably R119 is C1-6 alkyl; and particularly R119 is —CH3;
  • R120 is H, OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R120 is H, —OH, or C1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R120 is —OH or C1-6 alkoxy; most preferably R120 is —OH;
  • R121 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy or is a group of the formula XIV:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00020
  • preferably R121 is a group of the formula XIV;
  • R122 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R122 is H, OH, or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R122 is H or OH, —OCH3 or —O—C2H5; most preferably R122 is H;
  • R123 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl, ═CH2 or ═CH—C1-6-alkyl; preferably R123 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl, ═CH2 or ═CH—C1-6-alkyl; more preferably R123 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ═CH2; most preferably R123 is —C2H4OH, —CH2OH, C1-6 alkyl, or ═CH2, even more preferably R123 is —C2H4OH, —CH2OH, —C2H5, —CH3 or ═CH2 and particularly R123 is —CH3 or ═CH2; and
  • R124 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 acyl or a monosaccharide Sac 7; preferably R124 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 acyl or a monosaccharide Sac 7; more preferably R124 is C1-6 acyl or a monosaccharide SAC 7; most preferably R124 is a monosaccharide Sac 7.
  • R128 and R129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; preferably R128 is H and R129 is —OH; more preferably both R128 and R129 are H;
  • R132 is H, OH or ═O; preferably R132 is H or OH; most preferably R132 is H; and
  • R133 is H, or R133 and R115 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R133 is H or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • Sac 7 is selected from a group consisting of arabinose, xylose, lyxose, ribose, glucose, mannose, galactose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, ribulose, xylulose, fructose, sorbose, tagatose, psicose, sedoheptulose, deoxyribose, fucose, rhamnose, 2-deoxy-glucose, quinovose, abequose, glucosamine, mannosamine, galactosamine, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetyl-glucosamine, N-acetyl-mannosamine, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, N-glycolylneuraminic acid, fructuronic acid, tagaturonic acid, glucuronic acid, mannuronic acid, galacturonic acid, iduronic acid, sialic acid and guluronic acid; preferably Sac 7 is selected from a group consisting of glucose, galactose, mannose, fucose, N-acetyl-glucosamine, N-acetyl-galactosamine and sialic acid; most preferably Sac 7 is glucose; and
  • Y is N or O; preferably Y is O.
  • Preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are those in which R121 is of the formula XIV and Y is O.
  • More preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are those in which:
  • R112 is H, —OH; R113 is H or —OH; R114 is H, or —OH or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R115 is H, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; R118 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkoxy; R119 is C1-6 alkyl; R120 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkoxy; R128 is H; R132 is H, —OH or ═O; and R133 is H, or R133 and R115 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Most preferred are steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII in which: R112, R113, R115 and R128 each represent H; R114 is H, or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R116 is H, or ═O; R117 is H or —OH; R118 is H or —OH; R119 is H, or C1-6 alkyl; R121 is of the formula VIII; R122 is H, —OH, or C1-6 alkoxy; R124 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 acyl, or glucose; R129 is H or —OH; and R132 is H or —OH.
  • The most preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are those in which R112, R113, R115, R116, R117, R122, R128 each represent H; R114 is H, or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R120 is —OH or C1-6 alkoxy; R121 is of the formula XIV; R123 is —CH3 or ═CH2; R124 is C1-6 acyl or glucose; R129 is H or —OH; and R132 is H.
  • The most preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XIII are selected from the group consisting of:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00021
  • wherein:
  • R118 is H or OH; R120 is OH or C1-6 alkoxy; R124 is glucose or C1-6 acyl; and
  • R129 is H or OH.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the formula VIII in which the steroid group is of the formula XIII are trigoneoside IVa, glycoside F, shatavarin I, compound 3, pardarinoside C, whose structures are summarised in Table 1a.
  • Alternatively, the steroid group may be a steroidal sapogenin of the formula XV:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00022
  • wherein:
  • R112 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R112 is H or —OH; most preferably R112 is H;
  • R113 is H, —OH, ═O, or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R113 is H or —OH; most preferably R113 is H;
  • R114 is H —OH or C1-6 alkyl or R114 and R13 3 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R114 is H or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R115 is H, or —OH, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; preferably R115 is H, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; more preferably R115 is H;
  • R116 is H, —OH or ═O; preferably R116 is H or ═O; more preferably R116 is H;
  • R117 is H, —OH or ═O; preferably R117 is H or —OH; more preferably R117 is H;
  • R118 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R118 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R118 is H or OH; most preferably R118 is H;
  • R119 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R119 is H, OH, or C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R19 is C1-6 alkyl; and particularly R119 is —CH3;
  • R120 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R120 is H, —OH, or C1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R120 is —OH or C1-6 alkoxy; most preferably R120 is —OH;
  • R127 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; preferably R127 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R127 is H or C1-6 alkyl; most preferably R127 is methyl, ethyl or propyl;
  • R128 and R129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; preferably both R128 and R129 are H;
  • R132 is H, —OH or ═O; preferably R132 is H or —OH; most preferably R132 is H; and
  • R133 is H, or R133 and R115 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R133 is H or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XV are those in which: R112 is H or —OH; R113 is H or —OH; R114 is H or —OH, or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R115 is H or —OH R116 is H, —OH or ═O; R117 is H, —OH or ═O; R118 is H or —OH R127 is C1-6 alkyl; and R128 and R129 are the same or different and each represent H or —OH; R132 is H, —OH or ═O.
  • More preferably steroidal sapogenins of the formula XV are those in which: R112 is H or —OH; R113 is H or —OH; R114 is H or —OH, or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R115 is H or —OH; R116 is H or ═O; R117 is H, —OH; R118 is H or —OH; R127 is C1-6 alkyl; R128 and R129 are the same or different and each represent H or —OH; and R132 is H or —OH.
  • More preferably steroidal sapogenins of the formula XV are those in of the general formula IXa:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00023
  • The most preferred compound of the formula VIII in which the steroid group is of the formula XV is:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00024
  • isolatable from Lilium macklineae (Sashida Y Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin 39(9), 2362-8 (1991))
  • In a further embodiment the preferred group of steroidal sapogenins are those in which the steroidal sapogenin is of the formula XVI:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00025
  • wherein:
  • R112 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R112 is H or —OH; most preferably R112 is H;—
  • R113 is H, —OH, ═O, or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R113 is H or —OH; most preferably R113 is H;
  • R114 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkyl or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R114 is H or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R115 is H, or —OH, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; preferably R115 is H, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; more preferably R115 is H;
  • R116 is H, —OH or ═O; preferably R116 is H or ═O; more preferably R116 is H;
  • R117 is H, —OH or ═O; preferably R117 is H or —OH; more preferably R117 is H;
  • R118 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; preferably R118 is H, OH, C1-6 alkoxy; more preferably R118 is H or —OH; most preferably R118 is H;
  • R119 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R119 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl; more preferably R119 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkyl; most preferably R119 is C1-6 alkyl; and particularly R119 is —CH3;
  • R125 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; preferably R125 is H or —OH; more preferably R125 is H;
  • R126 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl, ═CH2 or ═CH—C1-6-alkyl; preferably R126 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl, ═CH2 or ═CHC1-6 alkyl; more preferably R126 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ═CH2; most preferably R126 is —C2H4OH, —CH2OH, C1-6 alkyl, or ═CH2, even more preferably R126 is —C2H4OH, —CH2OH, —C2H5, —CH3 or ═CH2 and particularly R126 is —CH3 or ═CH2;
  • R128 and R129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; preferably both R128 and R129 are H;
  • R131 is H or —OH; preferably R131 is H;
  • R132 is H, —OH or ═O; preferably R132 is H or —OH; most preferably R132 is H;
  • R133 is H, or R133 and R15 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; preferably R133 is H or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
  • R134 is H or —OH; preferably R134 is H; and
  • X is O, S or NH; preferably X is O or NH; more preferably X is O.
  • Preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are those in which: R12 is H or —OH; R113 is H or —OH; R114 is H or —OH, or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R115, R118 R128 and R129 are the same or different and each represent H or —OH, R116 is H, OH or ═O; R117 is H, —OH or ═O; R118 is H, —OH or C1-6-alkoxy; R119 is H, or C1-6 alkyl; R126 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl, ═CH2 or ═CH—C1-6-alkyl; R129 is H or —OH; R131 is H or —OH; R132 is H, —OH or ═O; and R133 is H, or R133 and R15 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; and R134 is H or —OH.
  • More preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are those in which:
  • R112, R113, R115 and R128 each represent H; R114 is H, or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R116 is H, or ═O; R117 is H or —OH; R118 is H or —OH; R119 is H, or C1-6 alkyl; R126 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ═CH2; R128 is H; R129 is H or —OH; R132 is H or —OH; and R133 is H, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms.
  • Most preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are those in which: R112, R113, R115, R116, R117, R125, R128, R131, R132 and R134, each represent H; R114 is H, or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R118 is H or —OH; R119 is C1-6 alkyl; R126 is C1-6 alkyl or ═CH2; R129 is H or —OH; R132 is H; R133 is H, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms.
  • The most preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are those selected from the groups:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00026
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00027
  • Particularly preferred steroidal sapogenins of the formula XVI are diosgenin, yamogenin, tigogenin, neotigogenin, sarsasapogenin, smilagenin, hecogenin, solasodine or tomatidine.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the formula VIII are those combining preferred steroid groups with preferred saccharide groups.
  • Particularly preferred compounds of the formula I of the formulae I, IIIa and VIII are:
  • Protodioscin, pseudoprotodioscin, protoneodioscin, methylprotodioscin, methylprotoneodioscin, Trigoneoside IVa, glycoside F, Pardarinoside C, Pardarinoside D, dioscin, Balanitin VI, Deltonin, Shatavarin I and Shatavarin IV.
  • Further preferred compounds that are so far unnamed are Compounds 8a, 12a, 13a, 14a, 15a, 16a, 17a, 18a, 23a, 24a, 25a and 26a of table 1a.
  • The preferred compounds have the following chemical names:
  • Protodioscin is [(3β,22α,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl(1→2)-O-[6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], pseudoprotodioscin is [(3β,22α,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-furosta-5,20(22)-dien-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl(1→2)-O-[6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], protoneodioscin is [(3β,22α,25S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl(1→2)-O-[6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], methylprotodioscin is [(3β,22α,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-methoxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl (1→2)-O-[6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], methylprotoneodioscin is [(3β,22α,25S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-methoxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl(1→2)-O-[6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], Trigoneoside IVa is (3β,25S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, glycoside F is (3β,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, Pardarinoside C is (3β,5α,22α,25R)-26-(acetyloxy)-14,17-dihydroxy-22-methoxyfurostan-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-annopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside, Pardarinoside D is β-D-glucopyranoside, (3β,5α,22α,25R)-26-(acetyloxy)-17-hydroxy-22-methoxyfurostan-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, dioscin is [(3β,25R)-spirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], Balanitin VI is (3β,25S)-spirost-5-en-3-yl-O-α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-β-D-glucopyranoside, Deltonin is (3β,25R)-spirost-5-en-3-yl-O-α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-β-D-glucopyranoside, Shatavarin I is (3β,5β,22α,25S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurostan-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, Shatavarin IV is (3β,5β,25S)-spirostan-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-β-D-glucopyranoside,
  • Compound 8a is (3β,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-methoxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside, compound 12a is [(3β,12α,25R)-12-hydroxyspirostan-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], compound 13a is [(25S)-spirost-5-ene-3β27-diol 3-O-{6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside}], compound 14a is [(25R,26R)-26-methoxyspirost-5-en-3β-ol 3-O-{6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside}], compound 15a is [3β,25R,27(S)]-27-(4-carboxy-3-hydroxy-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy)spirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], compound 16a is [3β,25R,27(S)]-27-[(3-hydroxy-5-methoxy-3-methyl-1,5-dioxopentyl)oxy]spirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], compound 17a is β-D-Glucopyranoside, (3β,25R,26R)-17-hydroxy-26-methoxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, compound 18a is (3β,25R,26R)-26-hydroxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, compound 23a is 26-O-β-D-glucopyranosylnuatigenin 3-O-α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside Compound 24a is solanidine 3-O-α-L-rhamnopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, compound 25a is (3β,25S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5,25(27)dien-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, and compound 26a is solasodine 3-O-α-L-rhanio-pyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→4)]-β-D-glucopyranoside
  • Preferred compounds of the formula I of the formula IIIb are protogracillin proto neogracillin methylprotogracillin, methylprotoneogracillin, pseudoprotogracillin, dracenoside Q dioscoreside E, dracenoside P tuberoside C icogenin gracillin, collettiside IV 17-OH gracillin dracaenoside H dracaenoside L, dracaenoside I, lilioglycoside H, lilioglycoside I, dracaenoside D, neoalsoside A, neoalsoside C and hoduloside V, Lotoside II
  • Further preferred compounds of the formula I of the formula IIIb that are as yet unnamed are compounds 17b, 21b and 25b of table 2.
  • The preferred compounds of the formula I of the formula IIIb have the following chemical names. Protogracillin is [(3β,22α,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], proto neogracillin is [(3β,22α,25S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-hydroxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], methylprotogracillin is [(3β,22α,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-methoxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], methylprotoneogracillin is [(3β,22α,25S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-22-methoxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl (1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1-3)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], pseudoprotogracillin is [(3β,25R)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)furosta-5,20(22)-dien-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-Glucopyranoside], dracenoside Q is [(3β)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-14-hydroxyfurosta-5,20(22)-dien-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], dioscoreside E is [26-O-β-D-glucopyranosyl-3β,26-dihydroxy-23(S)-methoxy]-25(R)-furosta-5,20(22)-dien-3-O-α-L-rhamnopyranosyl(1→2)-[β-D-glucopyranosyl(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], dracenoside P is [(3β)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-14,22-dihydroxy-furost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-β-D-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-glucopyranoside, tuberoside C is [(2α,3β,5α,25 S)-26-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-2-hydroxyfurost-20(22)-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], icogenin is [(3β,22α,25R)-26-hydroxy-22-methoxyfurost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], gracillin is [(3β,25R)-spirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, collettiside IV is [[(3β,25S)-spirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], 17-OH gracillin is [(3β,25R)-17-hydroxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], dracaenoside H is [(3β)-14-hydroxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside, dracaenoside L is [(3β,24S,25R)-14,24-dihydroxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], dracaenoside I is [(3β)-spirosta-5,25(27)-dien-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], lilioglycoside H is [(3β,25S)-27-hydroxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], lilioglycoside I is [(3β,25R)-27-[(3S)-4-carboxy-3-hydroxy-3-methyl-1-oxobutoxy]spirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], dracaenoside D is [3-[(O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranosyl)oxy]-14-hydroxy-pregna-5,16-dien-20-one, neoalsoside A is [(3β,12β,23S,24S)-20,24-epoxy-12,23,25-trihydroxydammaran-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], neoalsoside C is [(3β,4α,12β,23S,24S)-20,24-epoxy-12,23,25,28-tetrahydroxydammaran-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], hoduloside V is [(3β,16β,23R)-16,23:16,30-diepoxy-20-hydroxy-13-methyldammar-24-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-x-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside and Lotoside II is [(3β,15α,16β,22R)-16,22-epoxy-15,16,20-trihydroxydammar-24-en-3-yl-O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside].
  • compound 17b is [(3β,24R,25R)-17,24-dihydroxyspirost-5-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside], compound 21b is [(3β)-21-(β-D-glucopyranosyloxy)-20-hydroxydammar-24-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside] and compound 25b is [(3β,16β,22R)-16,22:16,30-diepoxy-20-hydroxydammar-24-en-3-yl O-6-deoxy-α-L-mannopyranosyl-(1→2)-O-[β-D-glucopyranosyl-(1→3)]-β-D-glucopyranoside]
  • Where any preferred substituent (such as C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl) is said to be composed of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (ie C1-6) such substituents are more preferred with 1 to 4 carbon atoms (ie C1-4), are more preferred still with 1 or 2 carbon atoms (ie methyl or ethyl) and are most preferred with only one carbon atom (ie are in the methyl form). Likewise where partial substituents such as the C1-6 alkyl group or C1-6 alkoxy group of C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl are said to be composed of from 1 to 6 carbon atoms (ie C1-6) such substituents are, independently one of the other, more preferred with 1 to 4 carbon atoms (ie C1-4), are more preferred still with 1 or 2 carbon atoms (ie methyl or ethyl) and are most preferred with only one carbon atom (ie are in the methyl form).
  • Alkyl, alkenyl and alkynyl radicals may, where the number of carbons in the chain permits, be either straight-chain or branched chain. C1-6 alkyl radicals may be, for example, methyl, ethyl, n-propyl or isopropyl, n-butyl, isobutyl or tert-butyl, isopentyl, 2,2-dimethyl propyl, n-hexyl, isohexyl and 1,3-dimethylbutyl. C2-6 alkenyl radicals may be, for example, allyl, 1-methylprop-2-enyl, 2-methylprop-2-enyl, 2-methyl prop-1-enyl, but-2-enyl, but-3-enyl, 1-methyl-but-3-enyl, 1-methyl-but-2-enyl, 3-methylbut-2-enyl; where the alkenyl radical consists of 2-8 carbon atoms, the possible arrangements include, in addition to those possible for radicals with 2-6 carbon atoms, the following preferred radicals 5-methyl-hex-5-enyl, 4-methyl-hex-5-enyl, 3,4-dimethyl-hex-2-enyl. C2-6. alkynyl may be, for example, propargyl, but-2-ynyl, but-3-ynyl, 1-methylbut-3-ynyl,
  • A C1-6 hydroxyalkyl group may, where chemically possible, be either a C1-6 monohydroxyalkyl or a C1-6 dihydroxyalkyl group.
  • Where moieties may be, in turn, substituted by a saccharide moiety it is preferred that the bond is through an oxygen to form a group such as:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00028
  • In the formula I the saccharide moiety A comprises multiple chiral centres. Thus each of the carbon atoms 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 can, independently, be in the R or S form. Depending on the form of the anomeric carbon, A can, independently, be in either the alpha or beta anomeric form. For ring A the beta anomeric form is preferred. The saccharide moiety A can be in the D or L form; the D form is preferred. Depending on the arrangement around these chiral centres and the identity of the substituent R4, the monosaccharide A can take a number of forms.
  • Thus, for example when R4 is H, and R1, R2 and R3 are —OH the saccharide moiety may, for example, be arranged as arabinopyranose, lyxopyranose, ribopyranose or xylopyranose; preferably it is xylopyranose or ribopyranose; more preferably it is xylopyranose.
  • When R4 is —CH3 and R1, R2 and R3 are —OH the saccharide moiety is a 6-deoxy hexopyranose, and may be arranged as 6-deoxyallose, 6-deoxyaltrose, 6-deoxygalactose (fucose), 6-deoxyglucose (quinovose), 6-deoxygulose, 6-deoxyidose, 6-deoxymannose (rhamnose) or 6-deoxytalose preferably it is 6-deoxyallose or quinovose; preferably it is quinovose.
  • Where R4 is —CH2OH and R1, R2 and R3 are —OH the saccharide moiety is a hexopyranose and may be, for example, allose, altrose, galactose, glucose gulose, idose, mannose or talose; preferably it is allose, galactose or glucose, more preferably glucose. When R4 is —CH2OH, R2 and R3 are —OH, R1 is NR5R6 and R5 and R6 are H the saccharide may be arranged as a pyranosamine, for example as glucosamine, mannosamine or galactosamine. When R4 is —CH2OH, R2 and R3 are —OH, R1 is NR5R6 and R5 is H and R6 is —COCH3 the saccharide may be arranged as an N-acetylpyranosamine for example N-acetylglucosamine (GlcNAc), N-acetylmannosamine or N-acetylgalactosamine (GalNAc); most preferably it is GalNAc.
  • In compounds of the formula IIb, when R4 is H and R3 is —OH, the saccharide moiety may, for example, be arranged as arabinopyranose, lyxopyranose, ribopyranose or xylopyranose; preferably the saccharide is xylopyranose or arabinopyranose; more preferably the saccharide is xylopyranose.
  • When R4 is —CH3 and R3 is —OH the saccharide moiety A is a 6-deoxy hexopyranose, and may be arranged as 6-deoxyallose, 6-deoxyaltrose, 6-deoxygalactose (fucose), 6-deoxyglucose (quinovose), 6-deoxygulose, 6-deoxyidose, 6-deoxymannose (rhamnose) or 6-deoxytalose preferably it is fucose or quinovose; most preferably it is quinovose.
  • Where R4 is —CH2OH and R3 is —OH the saccharide moiety A is a hexopyranose and may be, for example, allose, altrose, galactose, glucose gulose, idose, mannose or talose; preferably it is galactose or glucose, and more preferably glucose.
  • Saccharides include, but are not limited to, monosaccharides, disaccharides, trisaccharides, tetrasaccharides and polysaccharides. Preferably saccharide moieties are monosaccharides, but may be independently selected as di- or oligosaccharides.
  • Monosaccharides include, but are not limited to, tetroses pentoses, hexoses and heptoses; tetroses pentoses and hexoses are preferred.
  • Tetroses may be for example aldotetroses, such as erithrose and threose and aldoketoses erithrulose.
  • Pentoses include, but are not limited to aldopentoses, such as arabinose, lyxose, ribose and xylose and ketopentoses such as ribulose and xylulose and deoxypentoses such as 2-deoxyribose and 3-deoxyribose. Preferred pentoses are xylose and arabinose. Pentoses may be in the furanose (eg arabinofuranose, lyxofuranose, ribofuranose and xylofuranose) or the pyranose (eg arabinopyranose, lyxopyranose, ribopyranose and xylopyranose) forms.
  • Hexoses include, but are not limited to aldohexoses, such as, allose, altrose, galactose, talose, gulose, idose, mannose and glucose (preferred are glucose, mannose, galactose, altrose, allose idose and talose) and ketokexoses such as fructose, psicose, sorbose and tagatose.
  • Hexoses may also be deoxy hexoses wherein an —OH group is replaced by an —H group at any position other than the bonded group. 6-deoxyhexoses are for example 6-deoxyallose, 6-deoxyaltrose, 6-deoxygalactose (fucose), 6-deoxyglucose (quinovose), 6-deoxygulose, 6-deoxyidose, 6-deoxymannose (rhamnose) or 6-deoxytalose. Deoxyhexoses may also be 2-deoxy, 3-deoxy, 4-deoxy and 5-deoxy hexoses. The oxygen may be lacking at more than one position. Examples of deoxyhexoses are—2-deoxy-glucose, 2-deoxygalactose, 4-deoxyfucose, 3-deoxygalactose, 2-deoxyglucose, 3-deoxyglucose, 4-deoxyglucose. Deoxy-aldohexoses are preferred.
  • Hexoses also include hexosamines such as galactosamine, glucosamine and mannosamine, n-acteyl hexosamines such as N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetyl-mannosamine and N-acetylglucosamine. Preferred hexoses are aldohexoses and deoxy hexoses, particularly preferred hexoses are glucose, galactose, quinovose, fucose and rhamnose.
  • Hexoses may be in the furanose or pyranose form; preferably in the pyranose form.
  • Other monosaccharides include uronic acids, for example fructuronic acid, galacturonic acid, iduronic acid, glucuronic acid, guluronic acid, mannuronic acid and tagaturonic acid; sedoheptulose, sialic acid, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, and N-glycolylneuraminic acid.
  • Of hexoses, aldohexoses and deoxyhexoses (particularly deoxyaldohexoses) are preferred; of pentoses, aldopentoses and deoxy-pentoses (particularly deoxyaldopentoses) are preferred.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable esters of compounds of the formula I are for example, an ester with an aliphatic or aromatic carboxylic or sulphonic acid. Aliphatic carboxylic acids may be for example of up to 6 carbon atoms, for example a methyl, ethyl, tert-butyl succinyl or malyl. Aromatic carboxylic acids may for example benzoic acid, sulphonic acids may be methylsulphonic or p-toluenesulphonic acid, and include esters at any available esterifiable position.
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable esters further include known compounds in which the sugar —OH groups are esterified with an aliphatic carboxylic acid of up to 6 carbon atoms. Also included are known esters at the carbon 26-position with compounds such as hydroxymethylgluteryric acid or its methyl ester (for example compound 19(b) and structure VI xxiv).
  • Pharmaceutically acceptable ethers are, for example, with C1-6 hydroxyalkyl compounds which may be formed at any of the available —OH groups, for example on the saccharide moieties, or steroid moieties by converting one or more of the —OH groups to alkoxy groups (e.g. Li et al., Carbohydr Res. 20; 338(2): 117-21 (2003), Purdie and Irvine, J. Chem. Soc. 87, 1022 (1905), Haworth and Hirst, J. Chem. Soc. 119, 193 (1921) incorporated herein by reference).
  • A suitable pharmaceutically-acceptable salt form of the compounds of the formula I is, for example, an acid addition salt with an inorganic or organic acid, for example hydrochloric, hydrobromic, trifluoroacetic or maleic acid; or an alkali metal, for example sodium, an alkaline earth metal, for example calcium, or ammonium, for example tetra(2-hydroxyethyl)ammonium, salt.
  • Compounds of the formula I can be extracted from a variety of plant species. Examples of sources of compounds of the invention and example purification protocols are given in the references of tables 1 and 2 (which are incorporated herein by reference). Further sources of compounds of the invention and methods of isolation of such compounds are detailed in Hostettman K. and Marston A. Saponins. Cambridge University Press UK. (1995), particularly tables 2.2, 2.9, 2.10 and 2.11 and appendix 3—and references therein, which are incorporated herein by reference. Reference is made in this respect, and by way of example only, to Yoshikawa et al Heterocycles 47, 397-405 (1998), Sasheda et al., Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin 39(9), 2362-8 (1991), Akhov et al., Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry 47(8), 3193-3196 (1999) Joshi and Dev, Indian J. Chem. 27B, 12-16 (1988), Ravikumar et al Indian J. Chem. 26B, 1012-1017 (1987), Vasil'eva and Paseshnichenko Appl. Biochem. Microbiol. 31, 206-209 (1995), Shimomura et al Phytochemistry 28, 3163-3170 (1989), Sharma and Sharma Phytochemistry. 33(3):683-6. (1993), Petit et al Journal of natural products 54, 1491-1502, Mimaki and Sashida Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin 38(11), 3055-9 (1990). These documents are all incorporated herein by reference.
  • Many compounds of the invention are hydroxylated steroids. It is known in the art that such compounds, when exposed to solvent such as alcohols during purification or preparation, may be converted to alkoxy derivatives or to other derivatives such as methylketals (which revert to the original compounds upon drying). Particularly furostanol compounds of the formula VIa, in which the carbon at the at the 22-position of the furostanol structure, is substituted by —OH, may be converted to alkoxy derivatives when exposed to alcohols. Notably such compounds may become methoxy derivatives when purified from plant sources using methanol-containing solvents. Alternatively they may be converted to the corresponding alkoxy by reflux in an appropriate anhydrous alcohol at elevated temperature, for example methanol (Hu. et al Planta Medica, 63(2), 161-165 (1997)). Such alkoxylated compounds are also compounds of the invention.
  • Where the compounds of the invention are purified from natural sources it is preferred that they are used in isolated form. By isolated is meant that the compound is at least 1% pure, conveniently it is at least 10% pure, more conveniently at least 30% pure, preferably it is at least 50% pure more preferably it is at least 80% pure still more preferably it is at least 90% pure and most preferably it is at least 95% pure.
  • The purity of the compound is conveniently expressed as a ratio of UV absorption associated with the compound to UV absorption associated with other material in the sample, conveniently at 205 nm. The purity of the compound may be measured for example using a chromatography system such as for example TLC or HPLC such as are described in the references herein, particularly in those references relating to the compound in question, or in applicants co pending application WO05/060977
  • Alternatively, they can be synthesised by conventional organic chemistry methods and techniques. Reference in this respect is made to carbohydrate and steroid chemistry textbooks such as “Essentials of Carbohydrate Chemistry and Biochemistry” by Thisbe K. Lindhorst (2000) Wiley, “Carbohydrates in Chemistry and Biology” edited by Beat Ernst, Gerald W. Hart and Pierre Sinay (2000) Wiley, “Essentials of Carbohydrate Chemistry” by John F. Robyt (1998) Springer Verlag, “Carbohydrate Chemistry” by Hassan S. El Khadem (1988), “Carbohydrate Building Blocks” by Mikael Bols (1996), “Glycochemistry: Principles, Synthesis, and Applications” edited by P. G. Wang and C. R. Bertozzi (2001) Marcel Dekker, N.Y. and “Carbohydrate Chemistry” by the Royal Society of Chemistry Staff (1989) CRC Press.
  • The, compounds of the invention can be synthesised via a number of routes known to the skilled worker. For example by glycosylation of appropriate aglycones. The compounds of the present invention can be prepared from commercially available aglycones or by isolation of the aglycone or other precursor either from fenugreek seeds or from another plant source and subsequent chemical modification of the precursor.
  • A number of suitable aglycones are available commercially, alternatively an suitable aglycone may be prepared, either by isolation from a natural source, by deglycosylation of a suitable glycosylated compound (for example those compounds disclosed in Hostettman K. and Marston A. Saponins. Cambridge University Press UK. (1995) or herein), or by chemical synthesis from a variety of starting material that are readily available.
  • Methods of synthesising Galβ1-3(6-deoxy)GalNAcα-conjugates are given in Paulsen et al., Leibigs Ann. Chem. 747-758. (1992). These methods may be adapted by the skilled worker in combination with other methods referenced herein to synthesize other compounds of the formula I.
  • The skilled worker will be aware of many sources of spirostanol and furostanol aglycones suitable for preparing compounds for use in the invention. For example spirostanol aglycones wherein X═O or X═NH may be, for example, sarsapogenin, smilagenin, 12β-hydroxysmilagenin, Rhodeasapogenin, Isorhodiasapogenin, Samogenin, 12β-hydroxysamogenin, Markogenin, Yonogenin, Convallagenin A, Convallagenin B, Tokorogenin, Tigogenin, Neotigogenin, Gitogenin, Agigenin Digitogenin, Chlorogenin, Paniculogenin, (25R)-Spirostan-3β,17α21-triol, Allogenin, (25R)-5α-Spirostan-2α,3β,5α,6α-tetraol, (24S,25R)-5α-Spirostan-2α,3β,5α,6α,24-pentaol, Yamogenin Diosgenin, Yuccagenin, Lilagenin, Ruscogenin, (25S)-Ruscogenin, Neopraserigenin, Pennogenin, Isonuatigenin, Cepagenin, 24a-hydroxypennogenin, Ophiogenin, Sibiricogenin, Convallamarogenin, Neoruscogenin, Hecogenin, Neohecogenin, Manogenin, Sisalagenin, Solasodine, Soladulcidine, Tomatidine and 5-dehydrotomatidine.
  • Deglycosylation of, for example steroidal glycosides, may be simply carried out by acid hydrolysis, for example in a 50:50 mix of 2N HCl: dioxane at 100° C. in a sealed tube for 4.5 hrs (Hu K (1997) ibid).
  • Methods for the synthesis of a number of steroidal aglycones have been known for many years. For example synthesis of diosgenin, yamogenin, kryptogenin and isonarthogenin have been reported by Kessar et al., Tetrahedron; 24(2):905-7 (1968), Kessar et al., Tetrahedron 24(2):899-904 (1968) and Kessar et al., Tetrahedron. 24(2):887-92 (1968).
  • General synthetic routes to a variety of tri saccharide substituted spirostanol saponins are known (Deng et al., Carbohydr Res. 30; 317(1-4):53-62. (1999), Li et al., Carbohydr Res.; 9; 331(1):1-7. (2001), Yu et al., Tetrahedron letters, 42, 77-79 (2001) Yu et al., J Org Chem.; 13; 67(25):9099-102 (2002)). Methods of synthesis of spirostanol saponins having 2,4 (Cheng et al., J Org Chem. 2; 68(9):3658-62 (2003), Deng et al 1999 ibid, Du et al., Org. Lett.; 2; 5(20):3627-30. (2003), Lehmann. et al., Carbohydr Res. 337(21-23): 2153-9 (2002)). and 2,3 (Li C et al. Carbohydr Res.; 306(1-2):189-95. (1998), Zou C. C. et al Carbohydr Res. 4; 338(8): 721-7 (2003), Gu G et al J Org Chem. 69(16):5497-500 (2004)) branched oligosaccharide moieties are also known. Methods of synthesis of furostanol saponins, synthesis of derivatised saponins and interconversion of spirostanol and furostanol saponins have also been devised (Yu et al., J Comb Chem.; 3(5):404-6. (2001), Yu et al., J Org Chem.; 13; 67(25):9099-102 (2002), Cheng et al., J Org Chem.; 2; 68(9):3658-62 (2003), Du et al., Org Lett.; 2; 5(20):3627-30. (2003), Li et al., Carbohydr Res. 20; 338(2): 117-21 (2003), Lehmann et al., Carbohydr Res. 337(21-23): 2153-9 (2002), Tobari et al., Eur J Med Chem. 35(5): 511-27 (2000), Wang et al., Steroids. 69(10): 599-604 (2004)).
  • Furthermore, furostanol and spirostanol saponins can be inter converted using a glucosidase (Inoue et al., Phytochemistry 41(3), 725-7 (1996)) and pseudosaponins maybe cyclised to form the spirostanol derivative (Tobari et al., Eur J Med Chem. 35(5): 511-27 (2000)).
  • Combinatorial approaches to saponin synthesis have also been reported (Lautrette S. et al., Chem Commun (Camb). 7;(5): 586-7 (2004), Yu et al., J Comb Chem.; 3(5):404-6. (2001)). These references also provide information and further references on derivatisation of saccharide hydroxyl and hydroxyalkyl groups and are incorporated herein by reference.
  • As used herein the term aglycone refers to steroidal glycosides wherein the saccharide moieties are not present. The compounds may have other substituents at the position originally occupied by the saccharide moiety. Particularly aglycones that are furostanol saponins when not glycosylated may be in the ring closed state as the equivalent spirostanol compounds. Steroidal glycosides are compounds having a steroid or substituted steroid core, to which is attached one or more saccharide moieties. A steroidal sapogenin is the aglycone of a steroidal saponin. A steroidal saponin is a naturally occurring or derived steroidal glycoside.
  • As used herein the term core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor means and inhibitor of the enzyme core 2-GlcNAc-T and preferably the ability of preparations comprising a core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity described herein to incorporate UDP-6 [′H]-N-acetylglucosamine into products as measured in the assays described herein.
  • An anti cell adhesion agent is an agent that reduces the adhesion of cells to a substrate such as platelets or the lining of blood vessels or other tissues, an anti cell-cell interaction agent is an agent that reduces the interaction between cells. An anti cellular extravasation agent is an agent that reduces the passage of cells from the blood stream through the walls of blood vessels.
  • The term “treating”, as used herein, includes treating as prophylaxis or treatment of a current or remitting illness. For the avoidance of doubt the term C1-6 acyl is —CO—C1-5-alkyl.
  • In a second aspect of the invention is provided the use of compounds of the formula I in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of a condition associated with detrimental activity, particularly raised activity, of the enzyme core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • In a third aspect of the invention is provided the use of a compound of formula I as an anti cell adhesion agent, an anti cell-cell interaction agent or an anti cellular extravasation agent.
  • In a fourth aspect of the invention is provided a pharmaceutical composition comprising compound of the formula I. These compositions preferably further comprise pharmaceutically acceptable carriers, diluents or excipients.
  • In a fifth aspect of the invention is provided a method of treatment of multiple sclerosis in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of reducing the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T. Preferably the compound will be used to reduce the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T to normal or approximately normal levels.
  • The activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T can be reduced in a number of ways, for example by inhibiting the transcription of the Core 2 GlcNAc-T gene, by inhibiting the translation of the Core 2 GlcNAc-T mRNA, by inhibiting the post translational modification of the protein (e.g. by inhibiting the phosphorylation of the protein through protein kinase and thereby inhibiting its activation) or by inhibiting the enzyme activity.
  • Inhibitors of both Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity and of the activation of Core 2 GlcNAc-T by protein kinase C are known. Conveniently the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity is reduced either by inhibiting the enzyme or inhibiting the phosphorylation of the protein.
  • Examples of Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors suitable for use in the invention are: βGal(1→3)α(6-deoxy)GalNAcα-Bn. (Hindsgaul et al (1991) J Biol Chem. 266(27):17858-62, Kuhns et al (1993) Glycoconjugate Journal 10, 381-394; the following compounds activated as described by Toki et al (1994) Biochem Biophys Res Commun. 198(2):417-23: Galβ1→3GalNAcα-pnp, Galβ1→3GalNAcα-onp GalNAcα-pnp GalNAcβ-pnp, GlcNAcβ-pnp, Galβ-pnp, GlcNAcβ1→3GalNAcα-pnp, L-Fucα1→2Galβ-pnp, GlcNAcα-pnp, Galβ1→3 GlcNAcβ-pn, Galβ1→6GlcNAcβ-pnp; steroidal glycosides described in applicants co pending WO05060977 (incorporated herein by reference) and herein; and analogues of uridine diphosphate and uridine diphosphate-N-acetylglucosamine and peptides of the formula X-X1-X2-X3-X4 as described in WO0185748.
  • Antibodies to Core 2 GlcNAc-T may also be used to reduce the activity of the enzyme and suitable examples are described in Li et al (1999) Glycoconjugate Journal 16, 555-562 (1999), U.S. Pat. No. 5,684,134, WO09043662).
  • Inhibitors of Protein Kinase-Cβ2 (PKCβ2) are known to inhibit Core 2 GlcNAc-T activation in diabetic complications, where Core 2 activity is known to be raised, (Chibber et al (2003) Diabetes. 52(6):1519-27—incorporated herein by reference) and are known to inhibit leukocyte binding to epithelial cells in vitro. Examples of 3,4-di-indoyl-pyrrol-2,5-dione derivatives that inhibit PKCβ are found in, for example WO9535294 and WO9517182. A particular example of a PKCβ2 inhibitor is Ruboxistaurin (LY333531 & LY379196)
  • In a sixth aspect of the invention is provided the use of compound capable of reducing Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in the manufacture of a medicament for the treatment of multiple sclerosis. For example such compounds are either inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T or inhibitors of PKCβ (especially of PKCβ2); preferably compounds are inhibitors of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • In a seventh aspect of the invention is provided a pharmaceutical composition for the treatment of multiple sclerosis comprising a compound capable of lowering the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T and preferably also comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier.
  • In an eighth aspect of the invention is provided a method of diagnosing multiple sclerosis in a subject comprising comparing the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity associated with leukocytes of a subject with the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity determined in healthy non afflicted individuals. A level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T higher than that of healthy non afflicted individuals being indicative that the subject is afflicted with MS.
  • The measurement of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity is preferably carried out on isolated tissue samples, such as biopsy samples or blood samples. Conveniently the measurement will be carried out by assay of Core 2 GlcNAc-T from isolated blood cells and particularly on preparations containing leukocytes, preferably substantially free of red blood cells. One such suitable procedure using leukocytes isolated from blood samples is described in Chibber et al Diabetes 49, 1724-1730 (2000). Typically values of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity associated with leukocytes of a subject will be compared to an established normal level for healthy non afflicted individuals.
  • The inventors have determined that the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in leukocyte preparations obtained from healthy individuals and assayed by the method of Chibber et al (2000) id or as detailed in Example 4 is between 40 and 1000 pmoles/hr/mg (oligosaccharide incorporated per mg protein) and typically between 50 and 500 pmoles/hr/mg of protein. values obtained for three groups of healthy control individuals were 249±35.9 (n=25), 334±86 (n=11) and 283±37 (n=31) pmols/hr/mg.
  • Levels of Core 2 GlcNAc-T in individuals afflicted with MS have been noted to be in the region of at least 2 times, for example at least 4 times, at least 6 times and most typically at least 8 times the level of healthy non afflicted individuals when leukocytes from blood samples assayed according to the above methods.
  • In a ninth aspect of the invention is provided a method of determining the utility of a test substance as useful in the treatment of MS comprising determining the ability of the substance to inhibit the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T, particularly that activity associated with leukocytes.
  • Conveniently inhibition of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity can be determined by comparing the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity obtained in an assay in which a test substance is incorporated to the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in the assay with no test substance.
  • Conveniently inhibition of Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity can be determined by a method comprising (a) contacting source of active Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme with an acceptor and a sugar donor for a Core 2 GlcNAc-T in the presence and absence of the test substance; (b) measuring the amount of sugar donor transferred to the acceptor, and relating decreased transfer in presence of test substance as compared to that in its absence to Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitory activity. It is particularly preferred and convenient to measure such activity on Core 2 GlcNAc-T present in or derived from leukocytes, particularly of an MS patient.
  • Any source of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity may be used, for example an enzyme produced by recombinant means such as those disclosed in WO04111196, U.S. Pat. No. 5,658,778 or a tissue or cell culture or a preparation exhibiting measurable Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity derivable there from, for example U937 cells or heart lysates as described in applicants co pending WO05060977 and herein.
  • Examples of sugar donors and acceptors and the general conditions for assaying Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity are well known in the art e.g. Chibber et al (2000) id Hindsgaul et al (1991) id, Kuhns et al (1993) id Toki et al (1994) id and Orlacchio et al (1997) id. Such methods can be adapted for use in the fourth aspect of the invention by incorporation of test substances as described above. Further examples of assays according to the invention are given in WO 0031109 in applicants co pending WO05060977 and herein. Conveniently the sugar donor is UDP-GlcNAc and the sugar acceptor is βGal(1-3)DαGalNAc-p-nitrophenol.
  • The term treating MS, as used herein, includes treating as prophylaxis and the treatment of existing disease. MS includes for example relapsing/remitting, secondary progressive, progressive relapsing and primary progressive forms of the condition. Other forms include benign, malignant, chronic/progressive and transitional/progressive MS.
  • Medicaments of the invention comprising compounds of the formula I will typically be prepared in a sterile and pyrogen free form. They can be administered by oral or parenteral routes, including intravenous, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous, transdermal, airway (aerosol), rectal, vaginal and topical (including buccal and sublingual) administration.
  • The medicament may be made up in liquid form in which case it will typically, in addition to the compound of the formula I, comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent or it may be made up in solid form. For oral administration, the compounds of the invention will generally be provided in the form of tablets or capsules, as a powder or granules, or as an aqueous solution or suspension. Tablets for oral use may include the active ingredients mixed with pharmaceutically acceptable excipients such as inert diluents, disintegrating agents, binding agents, lubricating agents, sweetening agents, flavouring agents, colouring agents and preservatives. Examples of suitable inert diluents include sodium and calcium carbonate, sodium and calcium phosphate, and lactose, while corn starch and alginic acid are examples of suitable disintegrating agents. Binding agents include, for example starch and gelatine, while the lubricating agent, if present, may for example, be magnesium stearate, stearic acid or talc. If desired, the tablets may be coated with an enteric coating material, such as glyceryl mono stearate or glyceryl distearate, to delay absorption in the gastrointestinal tract. Capsules for oral use include hard gelatine capsules in which the active ingredient is mixed with a solid diluent, and soft gelatine capsules wherein the active ingredients is mixed with water or an oil such as peanut oil, liquid paraffin or olive oil
  • Formulations for rectal administration may for example be presented as a suppository with a suitable base comprising, for example, cocoa butter or a salicylate.
  • Formulations suitable for vaginal administration may for example be presented as pessaries, tampons, creams, gels, pastes, foams or spray formulations containing in addition to the active ingredient such carriers as are known in the art to be appropriate.
  • In preparations for intramuscular, intraperitoneal, subcutaneous and intravenous use, the compounds of the invention will typically be provided in a pharmaceutically acceptable diluent to provide sterile solutions, emulsions, liposome formulations or suspensions. Typically the preparation will be buffered to an appropriate pH and isotonicity. For example suitable diluents include Ringer's solution and isotonic sodium chloride. Aqueous suspensions according to the invention may include suspending agents such as cellulose derivatives, sodium alginate, polyvinylpyrrolidone and gum tragacanth, and a wetting agent such as lecithin. Suitable preservatives include ethyl and n-propyl p-hydroxybenzoate, and can be used for these aqueous suspensions.
  • The core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors of the present invention may also be presented as liposome formulations.
  • The isolated Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors of the invention may also be incorporated into a food or beverage product.
  • In general a suitable dose of Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor will be in the range of 10 ng to 50 mg per kilogram body weight of the recipient per day, preferably in the range 100 ng to 10 mg, more preferably in the range of 1 μg to 5.0 mg/kg/d. In some embodiments preferably in the range of 0.2 to 1.0 mg per kilogram body weight per day. The desired dose is preferably presented once daily or several times a day in sub doses. In some embodiments they may be dosed as two, three, four, five, six or more sub-doses administered at appropriate intervals throughout the day. These sub-doses may be administered in unit dosage forms, for example, containing 1 μg to 1500 mg, preferably 40 μg to 1000 mg, and most preferably 50 □g to 700 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form, but in some embodiments may contain 10 to 1500 mg, preferably 20 to 1000 mg, and most preferably 50 to 700 mg of active ingredient per unit dosage form.
  • In the shorthand annotation used in structures herein Glc is glucose and Rha is rhamnose. The annotation 2,3 and 2,4 denote the position of attachment of the saccharides to the central monosaccharide.
  • The shorthand notation
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00029
  • used in structures herein denotes the structure:
  • Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00030
  • TABLE 1
    Example compounds of the invention of the formula I, IIIa and VIII.
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00031
    Table 1a
    25 Bond Bond
    Compound Q A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 R/S a b
     1a 4- Me H H Glc OH H H R Double Single
    Rha
     2a 4- Me H H Glc Absent H H R Double Double
    Rha
     3a 4- Me H H Glc OH H H S Double Single
    Rha
     4a 4- Me H H Glc OMe H H R Double Single
    Rha
     5a 4- Me H H Glc OMe H H S Double Single
    Rha
     6a 4- Me H H Glc OH H H S Double Single
    Glc
     7a 4- Me H H Glc OH H H R Double Single
    Glc
     8a 4- Me H H Glc OMe H H R Double Single
    Glc
     9a 4- Me H OH —O•CO•CH3 OMe OH H R Single Single
    Glc
    10a 4- Me H OH —O•CO•CH3 OMe H H R Single Single
    Glc
    21a 4- Me H H Glc OH H H S Single Single
    Glc
    25a 4- ═CH2 H H Glc OH H H Double Single
    Glc
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00032
    Table 1b
    Comp. Q A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 25 R/S Bond a
    11a 4-Rha Me H H H H H R Double
    12a 4-Glc Me H H H OH H R Single
    13a 4-Glc —CH2OH H H H H H S Double
    14a 4-Glc Me H H H H OMe R Double
    15a 4-Glc * H H H H H R Double
    16a 4-Glc ** H H H H H R Double
    17a 4-Glc Me H OH H H OMe R Double
    18a 4-Gle Me H H H H OH R Double
    19a 4-Glc Me H H H H H S Double
    20a 4-Glc Me H H H H H R Double
    22a 4-Glc Me H H H H H S Single
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00033
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00034
    Table 1c
    Further example compounds of the invention of the formula I, IIIa and VIII.
    Compound Structure
    23a
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00035
    24a
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00036
    26a
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00037
  • TABLE 2
    Key to example compounds of the invention of
    the formula I, IIIa and VIII and references
    Example
    Compound references Compound name
     1a 1 Protodioscin
     2a
    2 Pseudoprotodioscin
     3a 1 Protoneodioscin
     4a 1 Methylprotodioscin
     5a 1 Methylprotoneodioscin
     6a
    3 Trigoneoside IVa
     7a
    4, 3 Glycoside F, protodeltonin,
    deltoside,
     8a 5 No name
     9a 6 Pardarinoside C
    10a 6 Pardarinoside D
    11a 7 Dioscin
    12a 8 Not named
    13a 11, 9, 10, 5 Not named
    14a 9, 5 Not named
    15a 9, 10, 11, 12 Not named
    16a 10, 11 Not named
    17a 5 Not named
    18a 13  Not named
    19a 15, 5, 14 Balanitin VI
    20a 16, 17 Deltonin
    21a 19, 18 Shatavarin I
    22a 18, 23 Shatavarin IV
    23a 11  Not named
    24a 12  Not named
    25a WO05/060977 Not named
    26a 11  Not named
  • TABLE 3
    Example compounds of the invention of the formula IIIb
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00038
    Table 3a
    Comp. Q A1 A2 A3 A4 A5 A6 A7 25 R/S Bond a Bond b
     1b 3-Glc Me H H Glc OH H H R Double Single
     2b 3-Glc Me H H Glc OH H H S Double Single
     3b 3-Glc Me H H Glc OMe H H R Double Single
     4b 3-Glc Me H H Glc OMe H H S Double Single
     5b 3-Glc Me H H Glc Absent H H R Double Double
     6b 3-Glc Me H H Glc Absent OH H R/S Double Double
     7b 3-Glc Me OMe H Glc Absent OH H R Double Double
     8b 3-Glc Me H H Glc OH OH H R/S Double Single
     9b 3-Glc Me H H Glc H H OH S Single Double
    10b 3-Glc Me H H OH OMe H H R Double Single
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00039
    Table 3b
    Comp. A R1 R2 R3 R4 R5 R 6 25 R/S Bond a
    11b 3-Glc Me H H H H H R Double
    12b 3-Glc Me H H H H H S Double
    13b 3-Glc Me H OH H H H R Double
    14b 3-Glc Me H H OH H H R/S Double
    15b 3-Glc Me OH H OH H H S Double
    16b 3-Glc ═CH2 H H H H H Double
    17b 3-Glc Me OH OH H H H R Double
    18b 3-Glc —CH2OH H H H H H R Double
    19b 3-Glc * H H H H H R Double
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00040
    Compounds 27, 28 and 29 illustrate the structures of reference compounds in table 1
    Table 3c
    Further example compounds of the invention of the formula IIIb.
    Compound Structure
    20
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00041
    21
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00042
    22
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00043
    23
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00044
    24
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00045
    25
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00046
    26
    Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00047
  • TABLE 4
    Key to compound names of compounds of the
    formula IIIb and example references.
    Example
    Compound references Compound name
     1b  1 Protogracillin
     2b  1,37 protoneogracillin
     3b
    1, 20, 21, 22 Methylprotogracillin
     4b  1 Methylprotoneogracillin
     5b 23 Pseudoprotogracillin
     6b
    25 Dracenoside Q
     7b
    25 Dioscoreside E
     8b
    25 Dracenoside P
     9b 24 Tuberoside C
    10b 26 Icogenin
    11b 28, 27, 7, 29, 37 Gracillin
    12b 30, 38 Collettiside IV ((25S) Gracillin)
    13b 29, 39 17-OH Gracillin
    14b
    25 Dracaenoside H
    15b
    25 Dracaenoside L
    16b
    25 Dracaenoside I
    17b 29, 39 Not named
    18b 31 Lilioglycoside H
    19b 31 Lilioglycoside I
    20b 25 Dracaenoside D
    21b 32 Not named
    22b 33 Neoalsoside A
    23b 33 Neoalsoside C
    24b 34 Hoduloside V
    25b 35 Not named
    26b 36 Lotoside II
  • The present invention will now be described further by reference to the following non-limiting Examples, Schemes and Figures. Further embodiments falling within the scope of the claim will occur to those skilled in the art in the light of these.
  • FIGURES
  • FIG. 1 illustrates preferred steroid moieties Z of formula VI a and VI b.
  • FIG. 2 illustrates preferred steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI c.
  • FIG. 3 illustrates preferred steroidal moieties Z of the formula VI
  • FIG. 4 a is a graph illustrating that the activity of the enzyme core 2 GlcNAc-T can be induced by glucose. Human leukocytes (U937) were exposed to normal (5.8 mM) and high glucose (15 mM) for 24 hours at 37° C. Then the cells were lysed and the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T measured. The data is presented as the means ±s.e.m., n=28, the asterisk representing a significant difference (P<0.05).
  • FIG. 4 b is a graph illustrating that crude extract F1 prepared from fenugreek seeds inhibits glucose-induced core 2 GlcNAc-T activity. Human leukocytes (U937) were exposed to normal (N, 5.8 mM; n=3) and high glucose (G, 15 mM; n=3) in the presence of fenugreek extract (1:1000 dilution; N-F, G-F). After 24 hours incubation, the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was determined in leukocyte cell lysates. The activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T is presented as pmoles/h/mg protein.
  • FIG. 4 c is a graph illustrating that crude extract F1 prepared from fenugreek seeds inhibits adherence of human leukocytes (U937) to cultured retinal capillary endothelial cells. After exposure to elevated glucose (15 mM) the level of leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion was determined by labelling the leukocytes with carboxyfluorescein. The data is presented as the mean ±s.e.m., n=3, the asterisk representing a significant difference (P<0.05).
  • FIG. 5 is a graph illustrating that crude extract F1 prepared from fenugreek seeds inhibits core 2 GlcNAc-T activity. Human leukocytes (U937) were exposed to 15 mM glucose for 24 hours at 37° C. and the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured in leukocyte cell lysate in the presence of crude fenugreek seed extract (G-F1; 1:1000 dilution). The level of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was measured by determining the formation of core 2 oligosaccharide (attachment of β1,6-linked GlcNAc to the Galβ1,3GlcNAc-acceptor). The data is presented as mean ±s.e.m. of three separate experiments.
  • FIG. 6 is a schematic flow chart illustrating the extraction of fenugreek seeds and the subsequent purification of the fenugreek seed extract.
  • FIG. 7 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect of crude fenugreek seed extract F1 and sub-fraction F2 purified from crude extract F1 on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937). Cells were exposed to elevated glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of sub-fractions F1 and F2. After 24 hours incubation, the core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was determined in leukocyte cell lysates. The data represents the mean of two separate experiments.
  • FIGS. 8 a and 8 b are graphs illustrating the inhibitory effect of sub-fractions F8-F15 purified from crude extract F1 by silica-gel flash chromatography (Biotage) on glucose induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937). Cells were exposed to elevated glucose (G, 15 mM) in the presence of the sub-fractions. After 24 hours incubation, the core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was determined in leukocyte cell lysates. The data is presented as the mean ±s.e.m., n=3, the asterisk representing a significant difference (P<0.05).
  • FIG. 9 is a graph illustrating that the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 inhibits glucose induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937). Sub-fractions F9 and F13 were thoroughly mixed with dichloromethane and the aqueous phase was filter sterilised and used in the cell-based assay for core 2 GlcNAc-T activity. Human leukocytes were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the aqueous phases of sub-fractions F9 and F13. The results are presented as the mean of two separate experiments.
  • FIG. 10 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T of sub-fractions purified from the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F 13 by HPLC with retention times F18.7-F41.1. Human leukocytes (U937) were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the HPLC sub-fractions with retention times F18.7-F41.1. The data presented is from one experiment. Sub-fractions G20.24, G20.69, G22.2, G39.9 and G41.1 (represented without a column in FIG. 8) were not tested for their inhibitory effect on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T.
  • FIG. 11 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect of HPLC sub-fractions with retention times F19.13 and F19.37. Human leukocytes (U937) were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) for 24 hours in the presence and absence of the sub-fractions with retention times F19.13 and F19.37 (1:1000 dilution). The data is presented as the mean ±s.e.m., n=3, the asterisk representing a significant difference (P<0.05).
  • FIG. 12 is a graph illustrating the inhibitory effect on glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T of sub-fractions purified from the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 by HPLC with retention times F20.01, F20.29 and F20.55. Human leukocytes (U937) were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the sub-fractions with retention times F20.01, F20.29 and F20.55 and the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured after 24 hours. The data is the mean of two separate experiments.
  • FIG. 13 is a graph illustrating that sub-fraction F20.55 inhibits core 2 GlcNAc-T in a cell-free assay. After exposing human leukocytes (U937) to 15 mM glucose for 24 hours at 37° C., the cells were lysed and then exposed to heated (H, 100° C.) and non-heated (NH) sub-fraction F20.55 (1:500 dilution). After 30 minutes exposure at 37° C., the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured. The level of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was measured by determining the formation of core 2 oligosaccharide (attachment of β-1,6-linked GlcNAc to the Gal-1,3-GlcNAc-acceptor). The data is presented as mean ±s.e.m. of three separate experiments.
  • FIGS. 14 a and 14 b are graphs illustrating that elevated glucose increases core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in cultured bovine retinal vascular cells, namely capillary pericytes (FIG. 14 a) and capillary endothelial cells (FIG. 14 b). Near confluent cultures were exposed to normal glucose (N, 5.8 mM) and high glucose (G, 15 mM) for 24 hours at 37° C. The cells were lysed and the activity of core GlcNAc-T measured in cell lysates. The data is presented as the mean ±s.e.m. (n=3-4), the asterisk representing a significant difference (P<0.05).
  • FIGS. 15 a and 15 b are graphs illustrating that a crude extract F1 of fenugreek seeds prevents glucose-induced toxicity in cultured bovine retinal vascular cells, namely capillary pericytes (FIG. 15 a) and capillary endothelial cells (FIG. 15 b). Cells were exposed to normal (N, 5.8 mM) and high glucose (G, 25 mM) in the presence (N—F, G-F) and absence (N, G) of the fenugreek seed extract. After 4 days incubation, the number of viable cells was determined using a haemocytometer and trypan blue exclusion. The data is presented as the mean ±s.e.m., n=18 separate experiments, the asterisk representing a significant difference (P<0.05).
  • FIG. 16 illustrates the structures of the five compounds isolated from fenugreek seeds and shatavarin IV
  • FIG. 17 a and FIG. 17 b are graphs illustrating the effect of purified trigoneoside IVa, glycoside F, and shatavarin IV on Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in cell free (FIG. 17 a) and cell based (FIG. 17 b) assays. In cell free assays heart lysate from BB rats were incubated in the presence, and absence of 20 ng/ml of each compound. After 1 h incubation at 37° C., the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein. The results are the mean of 3-5 separate experiments. In cell based assays human leukocytes (U937 cells) were exposed to 8 pg/ml human recombinant TNF-alpha in the presence and absence of 20 ng/ml of the test compound. After 24 h incubation, the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein.
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram illustrating the process of purifying protogracillin and gracillin for Dioscorea radix tissue. Purification of dioscin is included for reference. Also illustrated are the purification of protodioscin and pseudoprotodioscin, which may also be purified from Dioscorea radix.
  • FIG. 19 illustrates the structures of protogracillin and gracillin isolated from D. radix.
  • FIG. 20 is a graph illustrating the levels of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in leukocytes from healthy control individuals and subjects with newly diagnosed MS.
  • FIG. 21 is a graph illustrating the data of FIG. 20 as a scatter plot.
  • EXPERIMENTAL EXAMPLES
  • All compounds used herein were supplied by Chromadex Inc. 2952 S. Daimler Street Santa Ana Calif. 92705. Compounds used were at least 88% pure, except those prepared under example 8
  • 1. Cell Culture
  • Bovine retinal capillary endothelial cells (BREC) and pericytes (BRP) were established from bovine retinas dissected from eyes of freshly slaughtered cattle as described previously. Briefly, the isolated retinas were homogenised in serum-free minimal essential medium (MEM, Gibco, Paisley, UK) and filtered through 85 μm nylon mesh. The trapped microvessels were digested with collagenase-dispase (1 mg/ml) for 30 minutes (BRP) and 90 minutes (BREC) at 37° C. and filtered through a 53 μm nylon mesh. For growth of endothelial cells (BREC), the digested microvessels were plated in gelatine coated tissue culture flasks and maintained in MEM supplemented with 10% pooled human serum, 2 mM glutamine, 100 IU/ml penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin. For growth of pericytes (BRP), the microvessels were plated in tissue culture flasks in growth medium supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum. The cells were used at passage 2-3. The cells were characterised using morphological criteria and by immunostaining with an antibody against factor VIII related antigen and 3G5-pericyte marker.
  • The human leukocytic cell-line (U937) was cultured in RPMI supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, 100 IU/ml penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin.
  • The human leukocytic cell-line (U937) is cultured in RPMI supplemented with 10% foetal calf serum, 2 mM glutamine, 100 IU/ml penicillin and 100 μg/ml streptomycin.
  • For Glucose induction of Core 2 GlcNAc-T leukocytes (U937 cells) are exposed to normal glucose (5.8 mM) or high glucose (15 mM) for 24 hours at 37° C. After incubation, the cells maybe lysed and frozen at −20° C. until used for the measurement of core 2 GlcNAc-T. or used immediately. For TNF-α induction of core 2 GlcNAc-T, Human leukocytes (U937 cells) are exposed to human recombinant TNF-alpha (8 pg/ml) in the presence and absence of test compounds After 24 h incubation, the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein. For cell free assay of core 2 GlcNAc-T heart lysates from either from TNF-alpha over expressing transgenic mice (female, B6.SJL-Tg (TNF) supplied by Taconic-M+B, Bomholtveg 10, 8680 Ry, Denmark) or from BB rats (Festing 1979) are exposed to various concentrations of test compound for 1 h at 37° C. Activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T is measured, and expressed as pmoles/h/mg protein.
  • 2. Cell-Based Assay of Core 2 GlcNAc-T Activity
  • To investigate the potential of fenugreek to pharmacologically inhibit core 2 GlcNAc-T, enzyme activity was measured in leukocytes exposed to normal glucose (5.8 mM) and high glucose (15 mM) for 24 hours at 37° C. After incubation, the cells were lysed and frozen at −20° C. until used for the measurement of core 2 GlcNAc-T. The activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in cultured bovine retinal capillary pericytes (BRP) and endothelial cells (BREC) was also measured.
  • 3. Cell-Free Assay of Core 2 GlcNAc-T Activity
  • Core 2 GlcNAc-T immobilised on Sepharose beads were used for this assay. For core 2 GlcNAc-T immunoprecipitation, as well as for Western blots, a polyclonal antibody against core 2 GlcNAc-T was used. Cells were lysed on ice in the following lysis buffer: 20 mM Tris-HCL, pH 7.4/1% Triton X-100, 150 mM NaCl, 1 mM EDTA, 1 mM EGTA, 0.2 mM sodium vandate, 1 mM PMSF 1 μg/ml aprotinin, 10 μg/ml leupeptin. The lysate was incubated at 4° C. for 20 minutes with constant agitation and insoluble material removed by centrifugation (14,000 g for 5 minutes at 4° C.). The clarified lysate was incubated with staphylococcal protein A-Sepharose CL-4B conjugated primary antibody for 2 hours with constant agitation at 4° C. The immunoprecipitates were washed with Tris buffered saline (10 mM Tris-HCL, pH 7.4, 150 mM NaCl) containing 0.5% Triton X-100 and used in the measurement of core 2 GlcNAc-T in the presence and absence of potential inhibitors.
  • 4. Measurement of Core 2 GlcNAc-T Activity
  • To measure core 2 GlcNAc-T activity, leukocytes were washed in PES, frozen and lysed in 0.9% Triton X-100 at 0° C. The activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured as described previously (Chibber, Diabetes 49, 1724-1730 (2000)). Briefly, the reaction was performed in a reaction mixture containing 50 mM 2(N-morpholino)ethanesulfonic acid (MES, Sigma, Dorset, UK), pH 7.0, 1 mM UDP-6 [′H]-N-acetylglucosamine (16,000 dpm/nmol, NEN Life Science Products, Hounslow, UK), 0.1 M GlcNAc (Sigma, Dorset, Okla.), 1 mM Galβ1-3GalNAcα-p-nitrophenol (Sigma, Dorset, UK) as substrate, and 16 JA of cell lysate (100-200 μg protein) for a final volume of 32 μl. After incubating the mixture for 1 hour at 37° C., the reaction was terminated with 1 ml of ice-cold distilled water and processed on a C18 Sep-Pak column (Waters-Millipore, Watford, UK). After washing the column with 20 ml of distilled water, the product was eluted with 5 ml of methanol. The radioactivity of the samples was counted in a liquid scintillation β-counter (LKB-Wallac, London, UK). Endogenous activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured in the absence of the added acceptor. The specific activity was expressed as pmoles/h/mg of cell protein. In each case, the protein concentration was determined with BioRad protein assay (BioRad, Hertfordshire, UK).
  • 5. Leukocyte-Endothelial Adhesion Assay
  • Adhesion of leukocytes to endothelial cells was examined by labelling with carboxyfluorescein (Molecular Probe, UK). The assay is well established (Chibber, Diabetes 49, 1724-1730 (2000)). Briefly, endothelial cells were grown to a confluent state in order to provide an endothelial cell surface for the adhesion of the carboxyfluorescein-labelled leukocytes (U937). After treatment, the leukocytes were centrifuged (14 000 g for 1 minute) and washed twice with serum-free RPML The cells were then resuspended in 1 ml of serum-free RPMI containing 50 μg/ml carboxyfluorescein. The cells were counted with a haemocytometer and a known number added to the endothelial cells. After 30 minutes incubation at 37° C., non-adherent leukocytes were removed by washing with serum-free RPMI and the dishes fixed in 3.7% formalin in PBS. Attached leukocytes were counted in 10 random high-powered fields (×100) by fluorescence microscopy. The results were expressed as percentage of adherent leukocytes/field.
  • 6. Glucose Toxicity
  • BRP and BREC were plated in 3 cm tissue culture dishes and incubated in growth medium for 24 hours at 37° C. Then the cells were incubated in fresh growth medium containing normal glucose (5.8 mM) or elevated glucose (25 mM) in the absence or presence of fenugreek sub-fractions. After 4 days incubation, the number of viable cells was counted using a haemocytometer and trypan blue and the results expressed as percentage of control (5.8 mM glucose). After treatment, some of the cells were stored for measurement of core 2 GlcNAc-T activity.
  • 7. Biological Activity of Crude Fenugreek Seed Extract
  • As shown in FIG. 4 a, 24 hour exposure to elevated D-glucose significantly increases the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (U937). It has now been found that crude extract prepared from fenugreek seeds has the potential to inhibit glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in human leukocytes (FIG. 4 b) and leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion (FIG. 4 c). Leukocyte-endothelial cell adhesion was measured by adding a known number of leukocytes stained with carboxyfluorescein to a monolayer of retinal capillary endothelial cells. The number of attached leukocytes was then counted under a fluorescence microscope using 10-random fields.
  • The results illustrated in FIG. 5 were obtained by exposing human leukocytes (U937) to elevated glucose for 24 hours. The cells were then lysed, incubated with crude fenugreek seed extract F1 and core 2 GlcNAc-T activity was measured after 30 minutes incubation.
  • 8. Extraction Example 1 Preparation and Purification of Fenugreek Seed Extracts
  • Fenugreek seed extracts were obtained as follows (see FIG. 6). Fenugreek seeds (Indian fenugreek seeds obtained as Methi seeds from FUDCO, 184 Ealing Road, Wembley, Middlesex, UK) were ground in a hammer mill and filtered through nylon mesh. 820 g of the dark-yellow powder obtained were defatted by continuous washing with hexane in a soxhlet apparatus for eight hours. Then the plant material was dried and continuously extracted for 8 hours with ethanol. Filtration to remove solid residues and concentration in vacuo of the ethanol yielded a semi-solid brown crude extract labelled F1 (65 g). Since this appeared to contain residual oil, 50 g of the crude extract F1 were shaken with cold hexane (500 ml). The hexane soluble material was filtered off and the solvent removed to give F3 (15.4 g), while the insoluble residue was collected on the filter paper and dried to give F2 (27 g).
  • Normal phase silica-gel flash chromatography was now employed using a commercial kit (Biotage). F2 (5 g) was adsorbed onto silica-gel (5 g) and packed into the sample barrel that was connected by short tubing to the main chromatography column (20 cm×4 cm) containing silica-gel KP-Sil. The sample was eluted onto and through the column with a succession of solvents of increasing polarity consisting of varying mixtures of light petroleum (40/60), chloroform, methanol and acetone. Eluting sub-fractions were examined by TLC and similar ones pooled to give seven main eluted sub-fractions F8 to F14 representing compounds of increasing polarity. The silica was removed and shaken with 100% methanol, filtered and dried to give a residue labelled F15. Weights and approximate elution solvents for each sub-fraction are set out in Table 5.
  • TABLE 5
    Separation of sub-fraction F2 into sub-fractions
    F8-F15 using flash chromatography
    Sub-
    fraction Weight Eluent
    F8  0.03 g light petroleum (40/60) 100% to chloroform
    100%
    F9  0.10 g chloroform:methanol 90:10
    F10 0.02 g chloroform:methanol from 90:10 to 80:20
    F11 0.03 g chloroform:methanol from 80:20 to 70:30
    F12 0.82 g chloroform:methanol from 70:30 to 60:40
    F13 1.58 g chloroform:methanol 50:50
    F14 0.01 g chloroform:methanol:acetone 30:30:40 to
    acetone 100%
    F15 0.14 g eluted from silica-gel with methanol
  • 9. Biological Activity of Purified Fenugreek Seed Extracts
  • The potential of these purified sub-fractions to inhibit glucose-induced activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T in leukocytes was examined. Firstly, it was demonstrated that sub-fraction F2 can inhibit glucose-induced core 2 GlcNAc-T activity in leukocytes (FIG. 7). Further experiments demonstrated the presence of the inhibitor of core 2 GlcNAc-T in sub fractions F13 and F14 (FIGS. 8 a and 8 b).
  • Sub-fractions F9 and F13 were then analysed. An aqueous aliquot (0.5 ml) of both subfractions F9 and F13 was extracted with 1 ml of dichloromethane, the aqueous phase was removed, filter-sterilised by filtration through 0.22 μm filter and used in the cell-based assay for core 2 GlcNAc-T activity. Human leukocytes were exposed to elevated D-glucose (15 mM) in the presence and absence of the aqueous phases of sub-fractions F9 and F13, The results are presented in FIG. 9 showing the presence of the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13.
  • The aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 was purified by HPLC into sub-fractions F18.7-F41.1 coded by their HPLC retention times. The aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 was directly injected onto the HPLC operating under reversed-phase conditions (Hewlett Packard 1050/\100 series), Separation was achieved with an octadecyl-bonded column with a methanol/water mobile phase, Components eluted from the column were detected by a UV detector operating at a fixed wavelength of 22 nm, These components were revealed as peaks on the chromatographic trace from the mass spectrometer detector. The sub-fractions thus obtained were concentrated in vacuo to dryness, re-dissolved in phosphate buffered saline (PBS) and filter-sterilised. Cell-based assays for core 2 GlcNAc-T activity were carried out and the results suggested the presence of core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in sub-fractions F19-F20.03 (see FIGS. 10 and 11).
  • Subsequently larger amounts of the aqueous phase of sub-fraction F13 were purified similarly by HPLC operating under reversed-phase conditions on a phenyl-bonded column with a methanol/water mobile phase into sub-fractions with retention times of 20.01, 20.29 and 20.55, which are equivalent to sub-fractions F19.13, F19.37 and F19.44 above. Cell based assays for core 2 GlcNAc-T activity confirmed the presence of the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in these sub-fractions F20.01, F20.29 and F20.55 (FIG. 12). The inhibition of core 2 GlcNAc-T by HPLC purified sub-fraction F20.55 has been demonstrated using the cell-free assay system (FIG. 13). After exposing human leukocytes (U937) to 15 mM glucose for 24 hours at 37° C., the cells were lysed and then exposed to heated (H, 100° C.) and non-heated (NH) sub-fraction F20.55 (1:500 dilution). After 30 minutes exposure at 37° C., the activity of core 2 GlcNAc-T was measured. As shown in FIG. 13, it was found that sub-fraction F20.55 directly inhibits core 2 GlcNAc-T in a cell-free assay. Heating of sub-fraction F20.55 only slightly altered the level of core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibition.
  • 10. Structural Analysis of the Core 2 GlcNAc-T Inhibitor
  • The core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in the sub-fraction F20.55 has been identified through NMR analysis of a sample dissolved in CD3OD. The following NMR experiments were performed: 1D proton, 2D DQF-COSY (1H-1H correlation) [8 hours], 2D edited HSQC (1H-13C one-bond correlation with multiplicity editing) [22 hours], 2D TOCSY (1H-1H relayed correlation) [2×8 hours].
  • 1H and 13C NMR data for the core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor in sub-fraction F20.55 is presented in Tables 6 and 7.
  • TABLE 6
    1H NMR data (sample in deuteriopyridine)
    Sample Assignment
    0.90 singlet 18-H
    1.03 doublet 1 6.7 Hz 27-H
    1.06 singlet 19-H
    1.33 doublet J 7.1 Hz 21-H
    1.77 doublet J 604 Hz Sugar-Me
    2.24 dq J 6.9 Hz 20-H
    5.29 multiplet  6-H
  • TABLE 7
    13C NMR data (sample in deuteriopyridine)
    Sample Assignment
    Aglycone portion
    37.5  1
    30.1  2
    78.0  3
    38.9  4
    140.7  5
    121.8  6
    32.3  7
    31.6  8
    50.3  9
    37.2 10
    21.1 11
    39.9 12
    40.7 13
    56.5 14
    32.5 15
    81.1 16
    63.8 17
    16.4 18
    19.4 19
    40.7 20
    16.4 21
    10.6 22
    110.6 23
    37.1 24
    28.3 25
    34.4 26
    75.3 27
    17.4 28
    Sugar portion
    100.2  Glc 1′
    77.7 2′
    76.3 3′
    81.9 4′
    77.7 5′
    62.1 6′
    102.0  Rha 1″
    72.5  2″
    72.7  3″
    74.1  4″
    69.5  5″
    18.6  6″
    105.1 Glc 1″′
    75.1 2″′
    78.4 3″′
    71.6 4″′
    78.2 5″′
    61.6 6″′
    105.1 Glc 1″″
    75.2 2″″
    78.6 3″″
    71.6 4″″
    78.4 5″″
    62.8 6″″
  • The compound of interest was identified as Trigoneoside IVa, a known constituent of Fenugreek seeds
  • 11. Bulk Preparation of Trigoneoside IVa, Protodioscin, Compound 3 and Glycoside F from Fenugreek Seeds
  • Crushed seeds (360 g, product of Deep Foods, Inc., Union, N.J. 07083, USA) were extracted successively with heptane (2×700 ml), acetone (4×600 ml) and MeOH (4×600 ml) by boiling under reflux for 2 hrs each. The extracts were filtered and evaporated to dryness under vacuum and analyzed by LC/MS for the presence of furostanol saponins previously reported from this plant (Yoshikawa K et al. Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2287-91 (1992); Yoshikawa K. et al Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2275-8 (1992), Murakami T., Chem. Pharm. Bull. (Tokyo); 48(7):994-1000 (2000)). The methanol extract (82 g, 22.7% (w/w) of the seeds) was found to contain the target compounds.
  • The initial extraction of the seeds with heptane and acetone removed most of the less polar materials and improved subsequent chromatography. Further de-fatting can be accomplished by partitioning the methanol extract between butanol and water. However, methanol extract contained relatively little polar material and an enriched saponin containing fraction can be obtained by a solid phase extraction using a styrenic resin such as Diaion HP20 (or SP207, HP20SS, SP207SS, all available from Sigma-Aldrich) resin without subjecting the extract to further de-fatting.
  • The MeOH extract (CDXA-13-132-1, 81.2 g) was dissolved in water-MeOH (6:4, 400 ml) and loaded onto a Diaion HP20 (Supelco Diaion HP 20, 350 g, 5.0×30 cm) and eluted with water-MeOH (4:6, 600 ml), MeOH (2 L), and acetone (2 L). 250 ml fractions were collected. The fractions were analyzed by HPLC and those with similar compositions were combined to produce 7 pools (CDXA-13-133 F1 to F7). The pool CDXA-13-133-F5 (22.5 g, 27.7% w/w of the extract) was found to contain the majority of the desired saponins.
  • This pool (22.0 g,) was chromatographed on normal phase silica (445 g, Merck silica gel 60, 70-230 mesh, 0.0763 to 0.200 mm, 5.0×30 cm) and eluted with 3 L each of dichloromethane-MeOH-water systems of following compositions: a) 80:20:3, b) 75:25:3, c) 70:30:3, and d) 65:35:3. 250 ml fractions were collected, analyzed by HPLC and combined into 11 pools (CDXA-13-137-F1 to F11).
  • The fractions F6 and F7 were combined, dried (10.0 g, 45%) and chromatographed on C8 Silica (350 g, Phenomenex Luna C8(2), 5 micron, 100 A, 5.0×28 cm) and eluted with MeOH-water systems of following compositions: 4:6 (800 ml), b) 5:5 (2 L), c) 55:45 (5 L) 6:4 (1 L), d) 65:35 (1 L), e) 7:3 (1 L), f) 8:2 (1 L) and MeOH (1 L). The fractions were analyzed by HPLC and combined to give 29 pools (CDXA-13-138-F1 to F29). 250 ml fractions were collected.
  • Fractions F13 to F16 were dried (1.155 g, 11.6%) and purified by reverse phase HPLC using a Gilson semi preparative HPLC system consisting of a UV/Vis detector model 155, pump model 321, and liquid handler model 215.
  • Chromatographic conditions:
    Column: Phenomenex Luna C18(2), 5 micron, 150 × 21.2 mm
    Mobile Phase: Acetonitrile-Water (28:72)
    Flow Rate: 10 ml/min
    Sample size: 15 mg of each fraction per injection
    Detection: UV 205 nm
  • Five peaks were collected, P1 to P5, and were identified by comparison of 1H, 13C NMR and Mass spectral data with those reported in the literature for trigoneoside IVa, its 25 (S) isomer—glycoside F. A further similar compound, compound 3 was detected. This compound has not been previously described.
  • NMR spectra were recorded in d5 Pyridine. The proton spectra were recorded on a Varian Inova VXRs-300 instrument at 300 MHz and the carbon spectra were recoded on a Varian Inova 400 instrument at 100 MHz.
  • Mass spectra were recorded on a Finnigan LCQ Deca instrument in APCI mode.
  • Peak 1, Trigoneoside IVa: White solid (90 mg, 0.025% w/w of the seeds). 1H NMR (pyridine-d5, 400 MHz, δ): 0.90 (3H, s, 18-H3), 1.04 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 27-H3), 1.07 (3H, s, 19-H3), 1.34 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 21-H3), 1.79 (3H, s, J=6.0 Hz, Rha-6″-H3), 3.88 (1H, m, 3-H), 4.09 (2H, m, 16-H2), 4.84 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz, Glc-1″″-H), 4.97 (1H, overlapped, Glc-1′-H), 5.16 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz, Glc-1′″-H), 5.29 (1H, d like, 6-H), 6.29 (1H, br s, Rha-1″-H).
  • Peak 2, Compound C/protodioscin: White solid (120 mg, 0.033%). 1H NMR (pyridine-d5, 400 MHz, δ): 0.90 (3H, s, 18-H3), 1.04 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 27-H3), 1.07 (3H, s, 19-H3), 1.34 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 21-H3), 1.66 (3H, s, J=6.0 Hz, Rha-6′″-H3), 1.79 (3H, s, J=6.0 Hz, Rha-6″-H3), 3.88 (1H, m, 3-H), 4.09 (2H, m, 16-H2), 4.84 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz, Glc-1″″-H), 4.97 (1H, overlapped, Glc-1′-H), 5.90 (1H, br s, Rha-1′″-H), 5.32 1H, d like, 6-H), 6.45 (1H, br s, Rha-1″-H).
  • Peak 3, Compound 3: White solid (30 mg, 0.008%). 1H NMR (pyridine-d5, 400 MHz, δ): 0.89 (3H, s, 18-H3), 1.06 (3H, s, 19-H3), 1.34 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, 21-H3), 1.66 (3H, s, J=6.0 Hz, Rha-6′″-H3), 1.79 (3H, s, J=6.0 Hz, Rha-6″-H3), 3.88 (1H, m, 3-H), 4.84 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz, Glc-1″″-H), 4.97 (1H, overlapped, Glc-1′-H), 5.32 1H, d like, 6-H), 5.90 (1H, br s, Rha-1′″-H), 6.45 (1H, br s, Rha-1″-H).
  • Peak 4, Glycoside F: White solid (120 mg, 0.033%). 1H NMR (pyridine-d5, 400 MHz, δ): 0.90 (3H, s, 18-H3), 1.00 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, 27-H3), 1.06 (3H, s, 19-H3), 1.35 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, 21-H3), 1.79 (3H, s, J=6.0 Hz, Rha-6-H3), 3.88 (1H, m, 3-H), 3.97 (2H, m, 16-H2), 4.84 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz, Glc-1″″-H), 4.97 (1H, overlapped, Glc-1′-H), 5.16 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz, Glc-1′″-H), 5.29 (1H, d like, 6-H), 6.29 (1H, br s, Rha-1″-H).
  • TABLE 8
    Summary
    Compound ID Name Yield (mg)
    F1 Trigoneoside IVa 90 mg
    F2 Compound C/Protodioscin 120 mg
    F3 Compound
    3 30 mg
    F4 Glycoside F 120 mg
    F5 Trigonelloside C 300 mg
  • Chemical structures for the five compounds are given in FIG. 16.
  • Other Compounds
  • Shatavarin IV (FIG. 16) which can be isolated from Asparagus racemosus (Ravikumar P. R. Indian J. Chem. 26B, 1012-1017 (1987)) and protodioscin from Tribulus terrestris (but also isolatable from fenugreek as compound C of Yoshikawa M. et al., Heterocycles 47, 397-405 (1998)) were both supplied by Chromadex inc. 2952 S. Daimler St. Santa Ana Calif. Protodioscin was also isolated from the above preparation of fenugreek as peak 2 conforming to published NMR spectra of protodioscin.
  • 12. Preparation and Purification of Dioscorea radix Extracts
  • Extraction: Dried, powdered Dioscorea radix (6.2 Kg) was extracted three times with MeOH—H2O (8:2, 36 L, 26 L and 24 L, respectively). The first extract (CDXA-13-148-1) was concentrated to 5 L by evaporation under vacuum. The second and third extracts (CDXA-13-148-2 and 13-148-3) were combined and concentrated to 3.3 L.
  • Fractionation: The concentrated extracts were loaded on to a Dianion HP20 column (2.7 Kg) in 2.0 L batches and eluted with H2O and H2O-MeOH (8:2, 6:4 and 4:6 and MeOH 1 L each). The column eluent was monitored by TLC and 8 fractions were collected (CDXA-13-149-1 to 8).
  • Column Chromatography 1: CDXA-13-149-4 and 13-149-5 were combined (45.4 g), absorbed on to silica gel (101 g), loaded on to a silica gel column (255 g) and eluted with EtOAc-MeOH—H2O (80:20:3, 1.7 L; 75:25:3, 2.0 L; 70:30:4, 1.04 L; 65:35:4, 2.08 L; and 60:40:5, 1.05 L). The eluent was monitored by TLC and 26 fractions were collected (CDXA-13-166-F1 to F26).
  • Column Chromatography 2: CDXA-13-166-F14 to F22 were combined (25.2 g), absorbed on to silica gel (48.2 g), loaded on to a silica gel column (305 g), and eluted with EtOAc-MeOH—H2O (80:20:3, 600 ml; 75:25:3, 4120 ml; 70:30:4, 2080 ml; 65:35:4, 1050 ml; and 60:40:5, 1050 ml). The eluent was monitored by TLC and 28 fractions were collected (CDXA-13-167-F1˜F28).
  • Purification of Protogracillin: Fractions 13-167-F5 to F16 were combined and concentrated under vacuum, the white powder separated was filtered, dried (CDXA-13-167-K5, 2.27 g) and heated under refluxed in ACN—H2O (28:72; 100 ml) at 90° C. oil bath overnight. The product was further purified by HPLC (Novaprep 5000 semi-preparative HPLC column (C18, 5.0×20.0 cm) eluted with ACN—H2O (25:75) for 41.2 minutes then eluted with ACN—H2O (50:50) for another 20 minutes at a flow rate of 100 ml/minute. Monitored at UV 205 nm and the major peak was collected) to give two batches of protogracillin (CDXA-13-168-1, 374 mg; CDXA-13-169-1, 552 mg).
  • Purification of dioscin and gracillin: Fraction CDXA-13-149-F6 (22.4 g) was loaded on to a C18 column (296 g, 5×20 cm), eluted with MeOH—H2O (3:7, 4:6, 45:55, 50:50, 55:45, 60:40, 65:35, 7:3, 75:25, 80:20, 85:15 and 90:10, 1000 ml each), and 8 fractions were collected (CDXA-13-159-F1 to F8). Fraction CDXA-13-159-F7 (4.5 g) was separated on silica gel (257 g silica gel) eluting with EtOAc-MeOH—H2O (85:15:2, 1020 ml; 80:20:3, 3090 ml; 75:25:3, 1030 ml) giving 14 fractions (CDXA-13-160-F1 to F14). The fractions CDXA-13-160-F2 and F3 gave dioscin (CDXA-13-160-1, 404 mg) while fraction CDXA-13-160-F4 gave gracillin (CDXA-13-160-2, 195 mg) both as white powders.
  • Protogracillin was 96.7% pure as a white powder
  • Gracillin was 90.8% pure as a white powder
  • Mass Spec and 1H NMR Data of the Compounds Isolated from Dioscorea:
  • Gracillin: (+) ESI-MS m/z 907.56 [M+Na+]; 1H NMR (400 Hz, C5D5N) δ 0.69 (3H, d, J=5.6 Hz, 27-H3), 0.83 (3H, s, 18-H3), 1.07 (3H, s, 19-H3), 1.14 (3H, d, J=7.2 Hz, 21-H3), 1.79 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, rha 6′-H3), 4.96 (1H, d, J=7.2 Hz, glc 1-H), 5.12 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz, glc 1″-H), 5.33 (1H, d, J=5.2 Hz, 6-H), 6.41 (1H, s, rha 1′-H).
  • Protogracillin: (+) ESI-MS m/z 1087.56 [M+Na+]; 1H NMR (400 Hz, C5D5N) δ 0.91 (3H, s, 18-H3), 1.00 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, 27-H3), 1.08 (3H, s, 19-H3), 1.35 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 21-H3), 1.78 (3H, s, J=6.0 Hz, Rha-6′-H3), 4.84 (1H, d, J=7.6 Hz, Glc-1′″-H), 4.97 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz, Glc-1′-H), 5.13 (1H, d, J=8.0 Hz, glc 1″-H), 5.33 (1H, d, J=4.0 Hz, 6-H), 6.42 (1H, s, Rha-1′-H).
  • Dioscin: (+) ESI-MS m/z 891.55 [M+Na+]; 1H NMR (400 Hz, C D N) δ 0.70 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz, 27-H3), 0.84 (3H, s, 18-H3), 1.06 (3H, s, 19-H3), 1.15 (3H, d, J=6.8 Hz, 21-H3), 1.66 (3H, d, J=4.8 Hz, rha 6″-H3), 1.79 (3H, d, J=6.4 Hz, rha 6′-H3), 4.97 (1H, d, J=6.8 Hz, glc 1-H), 5.31 (1H, d, J=4.0 Hz, 6-H), 5.91 (1H, s, rha 1″-H), 6.45 (1H, s, rha 1′-H).
  • TABLE 9
    Approximate Ic50 values (nM) for example compounds
    Compound Number Cell free assay Cell based assay
    Protodioscin 1   20 ** a
    Pseudoprotodioscin 2   35 * 50
    Dioscin 11 40 * 75
    Trigoneoside IVa  6 a 0.9 * 75
    Glycoside F  7 a 5 ** b
    Shatavarin I 21 a 1 * 0.75
    Shatavarin IV 22 a c **
    Protogracillin  1 b 3 * 0.25
    Gracillin 18 b 4.5 * 2.5
    * Cell free assays were carried out on heart lysates of TNF-α mice as described above.
    ** Cell free assays were carried out on heart lysates of BB rats as described above.
    a 33% inhibition at 20 nM
    b 100% inhibition at 22 nM n BB rat heart lysate
    c 89% inhibition at 22 nM in BB rat heart lysate
    † no activity detected at 22.5 nM
  • TABLE 10
    Purity of compounds used
    Compound Number Purity
    Protodioscin 1a 93.3%
    Pseudoprotodioscin 2a 88.6%
    Dioscin 11a  90.8%
    Trigoneoside IVa 6a 89%
    Glycoside F 7a 80.3%
    Shatavarin I 21a  >95%
    Protogracillin 1b 98.8%
    Gracillin 18b  98%
    Purity was determined by HPLC using UV absorption at 205 nm
  • Compound C (at 20 ng/ml) was found to inhibit Core 2 GlcNAc-T approximately 98.5% compared to controls, in TNF-α treated Human leukocytes (U937 cells). The sample of compound C was approximately 82.5% pure by HPLC at 205 nM
  • The approximate IC50 of Trigoneoside IVa was found to be between 0.25 nM and 0.9 nM in cell free systems. Further analysis of a sample prepared according to applicants co pending WO05/060977 indicates that it contains approximately 7.5% protodioscin and 9% Trigonelloside C (Yoshikawa et al., Heterocycles 47, 397-405 (1998)).
  • The IC50 of Glycoside F was found to be approximately 5 nM. Further analysis of the preparation indicates that it contains a small amount of Trigonelloside C.
  • The IC50 of Protodioscin (93.3% pure) produced as described in applicants co pending WO05/060977 was found to be approximately 20 nM. The sample contained 1.5% Trigoneoside IVa. A sample prepared from Tribulus terrestris (Chromodex Inc. 2952 S. Daimler Street Santa Ana Calif. 92705), which was 97% pure, and had an NMR spectrum consistent with protodioscin, appeared to demonstrate no activity at concentrations of 50 μM. Thus Trigoneoside IVa activity could account for at least some of the activity seen in the protodioscin sample prepared as per WO05/060977.
  • Trigonelloside C is similar to Protodioscin but is the opposite isomer at carbon 25. A preparation of this compound according to co pending WO05/060977 was 98.2% pure and contained no measurable quantity of other Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors. A preparation of Trigonelloside C prepared according to WO05/060977 inhibited Core 2 GlcNAc-T 69% at 2.5 nM.
  • 13. Determination of Core 2 GlcNAc-T Activity in Leukocytes Isolated from Patients Newly Diagnosed with MS
  • Blood samples were taken from 4 patients newly diagnosed with active MS and 2 age matched healthy control subjects and placed in heparinised tubes. The blood sample was layered onto an equal volume of Histo-Paque 1077™ (Sigma, Poole, Dorset, UK). and centrifuged at 400 g for 30 mins. The Buffy coat (containing peripheral blood mononuclear cells (PBMNC) and polymorphonuclear (PMN) leukocytes) was washed in phosphate buffered saline. Isolated leukocytes were frozen and lysed in 0.9% NaCl 0.4% Triton-X100 1 mM PMSF and the Core 2 GlcNAc-T assayed. The reaction was performed in 50 mmol/l 2(N-morpholino) 2(N-morpholino) ethanesulfonic acid pH 7.0; 1 mmol/l UDP GlcNAc, 0.5 μCi UDP-6 [3H]-N-acetylglucosamine (16,000 dpm/nmol, NEN Life Science Products, Hounslow, U.K.); 0.1 mol/l GlcNAc; 1 mmol/l βDgal (1-3)Dα-GalNAc-p-nitrophenol and 15 μl cell lysate (100-200 μg protein) for a final volume of 30 μl. After incubating the mixture for 1 h at 37° C., the reaction was terminated by adding 1 ml of ice cold water and processed on a C18 Sep-Pak column (Waters-Millipore, Watford, U.K.). After washing the column with 20 ml water, the product was eluted with 5 ml methanol and radioactivity counted. Endogenous activity of core 2 transferase was measured in the absence of the added acceptor. The results are shown in FIGS. 20 and 21.
  • REFERENCES
    • 1. Hu K. et al Planta Medica, 63(2), 161-165 (1997).
    • 2. Dong M. et al., Planta Med. 67(9):853-7 (2001).
    • 3 Yoshikawa M. et al., Heterocycles 47, 397-405 (1998).
    • 4. Akhov L. S. et al., J. Agric. Food Chem. 47(8), 3193-3196 (1999)
    • 5. Mimaki Y. et al., Chem Pharm Bull (Tokyo). 46(11):1829-32 (1998).
    • 6. Shimomura H. et al., Phytochemistry 28, 3163-3170 (1989).
    • 7. Kawasaki T. et al., Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 22(9), 2164-75 (1974).
    • 8. Ori K. et al. Phytochemistry. 31(8):2767-75 (1992).
    • 9. Mimaki Y. et al Phytochemistry 37(1):227-32 (1994).
    • 10. Nakamura O. et al., Phytochemistry. 36(2):463-7 (1994).
    • 11. Mimaki Y and Sasheda Y. Chem. Pharm. Bull. 38(11), 3055-9 (1990).
    • 12. Sashida Y. et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 39(9), 2362-8 (1991)
    • 13. Haladova M. et al., Pharmazie, 54(2), 159-160 (1999).
    • 14. Sharma et al., Phytochemistry. 33(3):683-6. (1993).
    • 15. Petit G. et al., Journal of natural products 54, 1491-1502.
    • 16. Vasil'eva I. S. et al., Appl. Biochem. Microbiol. 31, 206-209 (1995).
    • 17. Vasil'eva I. et al., Prikl Biokhim Mikrobiol. 20(3):404-6 (1984).
    • 18. Joshi J. et al., Indian J. Chem. 27B, 12-16 (1988).
    • 19. Ravikumar P. R. et al., Indian J. Chem. 26B, 1012-1017 (1987).
    • 20. Yang D. et al Journal of Agricultural and Food Chemistry, 51(22), 6438-6444 (2003).
    • 21. Aquino R. et al J. Nat. Products 49(2) 1096-1101 (1986).
    • 22. Tomova M. et al Int Conf. Chem Biotechnol. 3, (1) 298-302.
    • 23. Liu H. W. et al J Asian Nat Prod Res. 5(4):241-247 (2003).
    • 24. Sang S. Phytochemistry, 52(8), 1611-1615 (1999).
    • 25. Zheng Q. et al Steroids, 69(2), 111-119 (2004).
    • 26. Hernandez, J. C. Bioorganic & Medicinal Chemistry 12(16), 4423-4429 (2004).
    • 27. Inoue T. et al Phytochemistry 40(2), 521-5 (1995).
    • 28. Tsukamoto T and Kawasaki T. Pharm Bull 4(2):104-8 (1956).
    • 29. Chen C. et al Yunnan Zhiwu Yanjiu, 9(4), 495-502 (1987).
    • 30. Tang S. et al Yunnan Zhiwu Yanjiu, 9(2), 233-8 (1987).
    • 31. Kintya P. (Translation of Khimiya Prirodnykh Soedinenii), [Volume Date 1997], 33(6), 658-662 (1998).
    • 32. Yin F. et al J Nat. Products, 67(6), 942-952 (2004).
    • 33. Fujita S. et al Phytochemistry, 38(2), 465-72 (1995).
    • 34. Yoshikawa K et al. Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2287-91 (1992).
    • 35. Yoshikawa K. et al Chemical & Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 40(9), 2275-8 (1992).
    • 36. Renault J. et al, Phytochemistry, 44(7), 1321-1327 (1997).
    • 37. Mimaki Y. et al Phytochemistry. 33(3):675-82 (1993).
    • 38. Liu C. et al. Yaoxue Xuebao, 18(8), 597-606 (1983).
    • 39. Chen C. et al Yunnan Zhiwu Yanjiu, 6(1), 111-17 (1984).
  • TABLE 11
    13C NMR data of Peaks 1 to 5 (in pyridine-d5,
    100 MHz) of example 11
    Peak
    Carbon 1 2 3 4 5
     1 37.5 38 38 38 38
     2 30.1 30.7 30.7 30.6 30.7
     3 78.1 78.6 78.6 78.6 78.6
     4 38.9 39.4 39.5 39.4 39.5
     5 140.7 141.2 141.3 141.2 141.2
     6 121.8 122.4 122.4 122.4 122.4
     7 32.3 32.9 32.9 32.7 32.8
     8 31.7 32.2 32.2 32.2 32.2
     9 50.3 50.8 50.9 50.8 50.8
    10 37.1 37.6 37.6 37.6 37.6
    11 21.1 21.6 21.6 21.6 21.6
    12 39.9 40.4 40.4 40.4 40.4
    13 40.8 41.3 41.3 41.3 41.3
    14 56.6 57.1 57.1 57.1 57.1
    15 32.5 33 33 32.8 33
    16 81.1 81.6 81.6 81.6 81.6
    17 63.8 64.3 64.3 64.3 64.3
    18 16.5 17 17 17 17
    19 19.4 19.9 20 19.9 19.9
    20 40.7 41.2 41.2 41.2 41.2
    21 16.5 17 17 17 17
    22 110.7 111.2 111.2 111.2 111.2
    23 37.1 37.6 37.7 37.7 37.7
    24 28.3 28.8 28.9 28.9 28.9
    25 34.4 34.9 35 34.8 34.8
    26 75.4 75.9 75.9 75.8 75.8
    27 17.4 18 18 18 18
    G1′ 100 100.5 100.8 100.5 100.8
    G2′ 77.3 77.8 78.5 77.7 78.4
    G3′ 76.2 76.7 78.3 76.6 78.2
    G4′ 81.9 82.5 78.8 82.5 78.9
    G5′ 77.7 78.2 77.4 78.2 77.4
    G6′ 62.1 62.5 61.8 62.5 61.7
    rha1″ 101.8 102.3 102.6 102.3 102.5
    rha2″ 72.4 73 73.1 73 73
    rha3″ 72.7 73.3 73.3 73.3 73.3
    rha4″ 74.1 74.6 74.6 74.6 74.6
    rha5″ 69.5 70 70.1 70 70
    rha6″ 18.7 19.2 19.2 19.2 19.2
    glc1/rha1′″ 105.2 105.7 103.4 105.7 103.4
    glc2/rha2′″ 75 75.5 73.1 75.5 73
    glc3/rha3′″ 78.4 79 73.2 79 73.2
    glc4/rha4′″ 71.2 71.7 74.4 71.7 74.4
    glc5/rha5′″ 78.2 78.7 70.9 78.8 70.9
    glc6/rha6′″ 61.8 62.3 19 62.3 19
    26-O-G1″″ 105.1 105.7 105.7 105.4 105.4
    G2″″ 75.2 75.7 75.7 75.7 75.7
    G3″″ 78.6 79.1 79 79.1 79.1
    G4″″ 71.6 72.1 72.1 72.1 72.1
    G5″″ 78.4 79 79 79 79
    G6″″ 62.8 63.3 63.3 63.3 63.3
  • TABLE 12
    13C NMR data of the compounds from Dioscorea (in pyridine-d5)
    Gracillin Dioscin Protogracillin
    13-160-2 13-160-1 13-168-1
     1 37.8 37.8 37.8
     2 30.4 30.5 30.4
     3 78.3 78.4 78.9
     4 39.0 39.3 39.0
     5 141.1 141.1 141.1
     6 122.1 122.2 122.3
     7 32.7 32.6 32.7
     8 32.1 32.0 32.0
     9 50.6 50.6 50.6
    10 37.5 37.5 37.5
    11 21.4 21.4 21.4
    12 40.2 40.2 40.
    13 40.8 40.8 41.1
    14 57.0 56.9 56.9
    15 32.6 32.5 32.8
    16 81.4 81.4 81.5
    17 63.2 63.2 64.2
    18 16.7 16.7 16.8
    19 19.7 19.7 19.7
    20 42.3 42.3 41.0
    21 15.4 15.4 16.8
    22 109.6 109.6 111.0
    23 32.0 32.1 37.6
    24 29.6 29.6 28.7
    25 30.9 30.9 34.6
    26 67.2 67.2 75.6
    27 17.7 17.7 17.8
    3-O-
    Glc1 100.3 100.6 100.3
     2 78.0 78.4 78.0
     3 89.9 78.1 89.9
     4 69.9 78.8 69.9
     5 77.3 77.3 77.3
     6 62.7 61.6 62.7
    Rha1′ 102.6 102.4 102.6
    2′ 72.8 72.9 72.8
    3′ 73.1 73.2 73.1
    4′ 74.4 74.5 74.5
    5′ 69.9 69.9 69.9
    6′ 18.9 19.1
     Glc1/rha1″ 104.9 103.2 104.9
     2″ 75.3 72.9 75.3
     3″ 79.0 73.1 78.9
     4″ 71.8 74.2 71.8
     5″ 78.9 70.7 78.9
     6″ 62.7 19.0 62.8
    26-O-
     Glc1″′ 105.3
     2″′ 75.6
     3″′ 79.1
     4″′ 72.0
     5″′ 79.0
     6″′ 63.1

Claims (23)

1. A method of treating a subject in need of therapy for a condition involving detrimental activity of the enzyme Core 2 GlcNAc-T comprising administration of a therapeutically effective amount of an isolated inhibitor of core 2 GlcNAc-T of formula IIa, IIb or IV to a patient in need thereof
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00048
wherein
R1 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or —NR5R6;
R2 is —OH;
R3 is —OH,
R4 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl;
R5 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl;
R6 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl;
Sac 1 Sac 2 and Sac 3 are independently selected saccharide moieties; and
Z is a steroid moiety
wherein the steroid moiety Z is of the formula VI:
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00049
which steroid moiety Z may incorporate a further group selected from the groups consisting of groups VI (a) to VI (e):
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00050
wherein:
R7 and R14 are independently selected from H and —OH;
R8 is C1-6 alkyl;
R9, R11, R16 are independently selected from H and C1-6 alkyl;
R10 is H or —OH or the H normally also present is absent and R10 is ═O;
R12 is H, —OH or C1-6 acyl or a group selected from VII a or VII b;
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00051
R13 is H.
R15 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkyl or R13 and R15 taken together form a —CH2—CH2— group;
R17 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl;
R18, R23, R27 and R33 are independently selected from C1-6 alkyl;
R19 and R24 are independently selected from H and —OH.
R20 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkoxy or R19 and R20 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
R21 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl, C2-6 alkynyl or a C1-6 alkyl or C2-6 alkenyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, C1-6 alkoxy and Sac 4.
R22 is H or —OH;
R25 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or ═CH2.
R26 is —OH;
R28 is C1-6 alkyl, C2-6 alkenyl or C2-6 alkynyl;
R29 is C1-6 alkyl;
R30 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl;
R31 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 5;
R32 is C1-8 alkyl, C2-8 alkenyl or C2-8 alkynyl; and
R34 is C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6 alkyl substituted by Sac 6.
R35 is C1-6 alkyl;
Sac 4, Sac 5 and Sac 6 are independently selected monosaccharides;
X is either O or NH; and
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-P00002
represents a bond that is either double or single.
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ether or ester form thereof; and
wherein said condition involving detrimental activity of the enzyme Core 2 GlcNAc-T is selected from the group consisting of inflammation, multiple sclerosis, myopathy, diabetic cardiomyopathy, myocardial dysfunction, retinopathy, diabetic retinopathy, nephropathy, atherosclerosis, asthma, rheumatoid arthritis, inflammatory bowel disease, transplant rejection, ischemia reperfusion injury, restenosis, ileitis, Crohn's disease, thrombosis, cholitis, lupus, frost bite injury, acute leukocyte mediated lung injury, traumatic shock, septic shock, nephritis, psoriasis, cholicytitis, cirrhosis, diverticulitis, fulminant hepatitis, gastritis, gastric and duodenal ulcers, hepatorenal syndrome, irritable bowel syndrome, jaundice, pancreatitis, ulcerative cholitis, human granulocyte ehlichiosis, T-cell activation, AIDS, infection with viruses, bacteria, protozoa and parasites adapted to use particular core 2 derived glycans, and cancer metastasis.
2. A method according to claim 1 wherein the steroid group Z is a steroid group of the formula VI, which steroid group of the formula VI incorporates a further group VIa wherein
R9 is H,
R11 is C1-6 alkyl;
R12 is H or —OH;
R16 and R17 are H and
R21 is a C2-6 alkenyl group or a C1-6 alkyl or C2-6 alkenyl group substituted by one or more groups selected from the group consisting of —OH, —OCH3 and Sac 4
3. A method according to claim 1 wherein the steroid group Z is a steroid group of the formula VI, which steroid group of the formula VI incorporates a further group VIc wherein
R8 is C1-6 alkyl,
R9 is H,
R11 is C1-6 alkyl;
R12 is H or —OH;
R15 is H or —OH;
R16 and R17 are H;
4. A method according to claim 1 wherein R4 is CH2OH
5. A method according to claim 4 wherein the ring A is galactose or glucose.
6. A method according to claim 1 in which Sac 1 is rhamnose and Sac 2 and Sac 3 are glucose.
7. The method according to claim 2 in which the said isolated inhibitor of core 2 GlcNAc-T is selected from the group consisting of Trigoneoside IVa, glycoside F, Pardarinoside C, Pardarinoside D, Shatavarin I, Compounds 8a, 9a 10a and 25a of table 1a, protogracillin protoneogracillin methylprotogracillin, methylprotoneogracillin, pseudoprotogracillin, dracenoside Q dioscoreside E, dracenoside P tuberoside C and icogenin
8. The method according to claim 3 wherein the said isolated inhibitor of core 2 GlcNAc-T is selected from the group consisting of balanitin VI, deltonin, shatavarin IV and compounds 12a, 13a, 14a, 15a, 16a, 17a, 18a, 19a and 20a of table 1b.
9. A method of treatment of multiple sclerosis in a subject comprising administering to the subject in need thereof, a therapeutically effective amount of a compound capable of reducing the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
10. The method according to claim 9 wherein the substance capable of reducing the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T is an inhibitor of Core 2 GlcNAc-T enzyme activity.
11. The method according to claim 10 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of steroidal glycosides, analogues of Uridine Diphosphate-N-Acetylglucosamine, analogues of Uridine Diphosphate, βGal(1→3)α(6-deoxy)GalNAcα-Bn and those compounds obtainable by UV activation of a compounds selected from the group consisting of Galβ1→3GalNAcα-pnp, Galβ1→3GalNAcα-onp, GalNAcα-pnp, GalNAcβ-pnp, GlcNAcβ-pnp, Galβ-pnp, GlcNAcβ1→3GalNAcα-pnp, L-Fucα1→2Galβ-pnp, GlcNAcα-pnp, Galβ1→6GlcNAcβ-pnp and Galβ1→3GlcNAcβ-pnp.
12. The method according to claim 9 wherein the compound capable of reducing the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T is an inhibitor of protein kinase Cβ.
13. The method according to claim 12 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of 3,4-di-indoyl-pyrrol-2,5-dione derivatives.
14. A method according to claim 12 wherein the compound is ruboxystaurin.
15. A method of according to claim 9 wherein the compound is selected from the group consisting of Protodioscin, pseudoprotodioscin, protoneodioscin, methylprotodioscin, Trigoneoside IVa, Pardarinoside C, Pardarinoside D, dioscin, Balanitin VI, Deltonin, Shatavarin I, Shatavarin IV, protogracillin, proto neogracillin, methylprotogracillin, methylprotoneogracillin, pseudoprotogracillin, dracenoside Q, dioscoreside E, dracenoside P, tuberoside C, icogenin, gracillin, collettiside IV, 17-OH gracillin dracaenoside H, dracaenoside L, dracaenoside I, lilioglycoside H, lilioglycoside I, dracaenoside D, neoalsoside A, neoalsoside C, hoduloside V, Lotoside II and the following as yet unnamed compounds Compound 8a, 12a, 13a 14a 15a, 16a, 17a, 18a, 23a, 24a, 25a and 26a, of table 1a, 1b and 1c; and compounds 17b, 21b and 25b of table 3a 3b and 3c.
16. A method of diagnosing Multiple Sclerosis in a subject comprising comparing the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity associated with samples isolated from the subject with the level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity determined in samples isolated from healthy non afflicted individuals, a level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity higher than that in samples isolated from healthy non afflicted individuals being indicative that the subject is afflicted with MS.
17. A method according to claim 16 wherein a level of Core 2 GlcNAc-T activity associated with samples isolated from the subject that is least 2 times higher than that in samples isolated from healthy non afflicted individuals is indicative of MS in the subject.
18. A method according to claim 16 in which the samples isolated from the subject are biopsy samples or blood samples.
19. A method according to claim 16 in which the samples isolated from the subject are leukocytes.
20. A method of determining the utility of a substance for use in the treatment of Multiple Sclerosis comprising measuring the ability of the substance to inhibit the activity of Core 2 GlcNAc-T.
21. A food or beverage product incorporating an isolated Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor.
22. A method of treatment of conditions associated with raised activity of the enzyme core 2 GlcNAc-T comprising administration of an effective amount of a compound of the formula I to a patient in need thereof.
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00052
wherein R101 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy, —NR108R109, or a monosaccharide of the formula: IXa:
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00053
R102 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or a monosaccharide of the formula IXb; R103 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or a monosaccharide of the formula IXc; R104 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R105 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R106 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R107 is C2-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R108 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; R109 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; and
Z is a steroid group selected from the group consisting of formula XIII formula XV and formula XVI;
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00054
wherein
R112 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R113 is H, —OH, ═O, or C1-6 alkyl; R114 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkyl or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R115 is H, or —OH, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; R116 is H, OH or ═O; R117 is H, OH or ═O; R118 is H, OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; R119 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R120 is H, OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; R121 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy or is a group of the formula XIV:
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00055
R122 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R123 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl, ═CH2 or ═CH—C1-6-alkyl; R124 is H, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 acyl or a monosaccharide Sac 7; R128 and R129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; R132 is H, OH or ═O; R133 is H, or R133 and R115 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; Sac 7 is selected from a group consisting of arabinose, xylose, lyxose, ribose, glucose, mannose, galactose, allose, altrose, gulose, idose, talose, ribulose, xylulose, fructose, sorbose, tagatose, psicose, sedoheptulose, deoxyribose, fucose, rhamnose, 2-deoxy-glucose, quinovose, abequose, glucosamine, mannosamine, galactosamine, neuraminic acid, muramic acid, N-acetyl-glucosamine, N-acetyl-mannosamine, N-acetyl-galactosamine, N-acetylneuraminic acid, N-acetylmuramic acid, O-acetylneuraminic acid, N-glycolylneuraminic acid, fructuronic acid, tagaturonic acid, glucuronic acid, mannuronic acid, galacturonic acid, iduronic
acid, sialic acid and guluronic acid; preferably Sac 7 is selected from a group consisting of glucose, galactose, mannose, fucose, N-acetyl-glucosamine, N-acetyl-galactosamine and sialic acid; most preferably Sac 7 is glucose; and Y is N or O;
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00056
wherein:
R112 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R113 is H, —OH, ═O, or C1-6 alkyl; R114 is H —OH or C1-6 alkyl or R114 and R13 3 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R115 is H, or —OH, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; R116 is H, —OH or ═O; R117 is H, —OH or ═O; R118 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; R119 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R120 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; R127 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 hydroxyalkyl; R128 and R129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; R132 is H, —OH or ═O; and R133 is H, or R133 and R115 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms;
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00057
wherein:
R112 is H, OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R113 is H, —OH, ═O, or C1-6 alkyl; R114 is H, —OH or C1-6 alkyl or R114 and R133 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R115 is H, or —OH, or R115 and R133 taken together are ═O; R116 is H, —OH or ═O; R117 is H, —OH or ═O; R118 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or C1-6 alkyl; R119 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R125 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 alkoxy; R126 is H, —OH, C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl, C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl, ═CH2 or ═CH—C1-6-alkyl; R128 and R129 are the same or different and are H or —OH; R131 is H or —OH; R132 is H, —OH or ═O; R133 is H, or R133 and R115 taken together are ═O, or R133 and R114 taken together represent the second bond of a double bond joining adjacent carbon atoms; R134 is H or —OH; and X is O, S or NH;
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt, ester or tautomeric form or derivative thereof.
23. A method according to claim 22 wherein the compound of the formula VIII is selected from the group consisting of a compound of the formula X and a compound of the formula XII
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00058
wherein:
R104 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R105 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R107 is C2-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl;
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00059
wherein
R101 is —OH, C1-6 alkoxy or NR108R109, or a monosaccharide of the formula Ixa:
Figure US20080182801A1-20080731-C00060
R104 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R105 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R106 is C1-6 alkyl, C1-6 hydroxyalkyl or C1-6-alkoxy-C1-6-alkyl; R108 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl; and R109 is H, C1-6 alkyl or C1-6 acyl;
US11/980,727 2003-12-22 2007-10-31 Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors Abandoned US20080182801A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US11/980,727 US20080182801A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2007-10-31 Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors
US12/461,776 US8197794B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2009-08-24 Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors
US13/437,563 US20120202758A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2012-04-02 Core 2glcnac-t inhibitors

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
GB0329667.0 2003-12-22
GBGB0329667.0A GB0329667D0 (en) 2003-12-22 2003-12-22 Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor
GBPCT/GB2004/005398 2004-12-22
PCT/GB2004/005398 WO2005060977A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2004-12-22 Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors
US11/472,554 US20070010460A1 (en) 2005-06-22 2006-06-22 Multiple sclerosis therapy and diagnosis
US11/481,255 US20070010461A1 (en) 2005-07-06 2006-07-06 Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors
US11/481,256 US7998943B2 (en) 2005-07-06 2006-07-06 Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors III
US11/980,727 US20080182801A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2007-10-31 Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors

Related Parent Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/GB2004/005398 Continuation-In-Part WO2005060977A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2004-12-22 Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors
US11/472,554 Continuation-In-Part US20070010460A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2006-06-22 Multiple sclerosis therapy and diagnosis
US11/584,470 Continuation-In-Part US7508338B2 (en) 2006-10-20 2006-10-20 Antenna with compact LRU array

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/461,776 Continuation US8197794B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2009-08-24 Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
US20080182801A1 true US20080182801A1 (en) 2008-07-31

Family

ID=39668692

Family Applications (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/980,727 Abandoned US20080182801A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2007-10-31 Core 2 glcnac-t inhibitors
US12/461,776 Expired - Fee Related US8197794B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2009-08-24 Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors
US13/437,563 Abandoned US20120202758A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2012-04-02 Core 2glcnac-t inhibitors

Family Applications After (2)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US12/461,776 Expired - Fee Related US8197794B2 (en) 2003-12-22 2009-08-24 Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors
US13/437,563 Abandoned US20120202758A1 (en) 2003-12-22 2012-04-02 Core 2glcnac-t inhibitors

Country Status (1)

Country Link
US (3) US20080182801A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100248365A1 (en) * 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Zacharon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ganglioside biosynthesis modulators
CN102617698A (en) * 2012-03-14 2012-08-01 云南省药物研究所 Method for preparing fine dioscin and application of fine dioscin
CN109575102A (en) * 2018-09-08 2019-04-05 江西中医药大学 The application of trilliaceae total steroidal saponin and wherein steroid saponin compound in preparation treatment ulcerative colitis drug

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20190388548A1 (en) * 2018-06-26 2019-12-26 Tzu Chi University Method for providing ocular neuroprotection or for preventing, treating or alleviating the effects of, an ocular disease associated with retinal ganglion cell death

Citations (41)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4602003A (en) * 1982-05-17 1986-07-22 Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon Synthetic compounds to inhibit intestinal absorption of cholesterol in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia
US5104856A (en) * 1990-11-09 1992-04-14 Uab Research Foundation Heparan sulfate biosynthesis primers
US5360733A (en) * 1992-10-01 1994-11-01 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation Human β1-6 n-acetylglucosaminyl transferase
US5461143A (en) * 1991-03-18 1995-10-24 The Scripps Research Institute Oligosaccharide enzyme substrates and inhibitors: methods and compositions
US5486510A (en) * 1991-03-28 1996-01-23 Rooperol (Na) Nv Method and compositions for modulating or control of immune responses in humans
US5589182A (en) * 1993-12-06 1996-12-31 Tashiro; Renki Compositions and method of treating cardio-, cerebro-vascular and alzheimer's diseases and depression
US5843707A (en) * 1992-10-23 1998-12-01 Genetics Institute, Inc. Nucleic acid encoding a novel P-selectin ligand protein
US5880091A (en) * 1989-03-08 1999-03-09 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Glycoprotein ligand for P-selectin and methods of use thereof
US5886029A (en) * 1997-09-05 1999-03-23 Dhaliwal; Kirpal S. Method and composition for treatment of diabetes
US5952393A (en) * 1998-02-12 1999-09-14 Sorkin, Jr.; Harlan Lee Composition for reducing serum cholesterol levels
US5958770A (en) * 1990-01-18 1999-09-28 Cham; Bill Elliot Glycoalkaloids
US5965449A (en) * 1996-07-03 1999-10-12 Forbes Medi-Tech, Inc. Method of assessing risk for cardiovascular disease and other disorders and phytosterol-based compositions useful in preventing and treating cardiovascular disease and other disorders
US5985936A (en) * 1997-12-18 1999-11-16 Forbes Medi-Tech, Inc. Method of preventing and delaying onset of Alzheimer's disease and composition therefor
US5997877A (en) * 1997-05-26 1999-12-07 Emerald Seed Products Ltd. Method of extraction of commercially valuable fractions of fenugreek
US6042834A (en) * 1997-01-29 2000-03-28 Baraka; Mohamed Wasif Herbal composition for diabetes and method of treatment
US6087353A (en) * 1998-05-15 2000-07-11 Forbes Medi-Tech Inc. Phytosterol compositions and use thereof in foods, beverages, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and the like
US6131578A (en) * 1996-10-02 2000-10-17 King; George L. Inhibitors of UDP-G1cNAc:Ga1β1-3Ga1NAcαR β1-6 N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase (core 2 G1cNAc-T) and use of the inhibitors to prevent or treat cardiomyopathy associated with diabetes
US6197832B1 (en) * 1999-09-14 2001-03-06 Harlan Lee Sorkin, Jr. Composition for reducing serum cholesterol levels
US6346267B1 (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-02-12 Wakunaga Of America Co., Ltd. Composition and method for treatment of symptoms associated with insufficient estrogen production
US20020018811A1 (en) * 2000-05-15 2002-02-14 Penteado Roberto Luiz Bruno Application of phytosteroids(and isomers thereof), folic acid, cyanocobalamine and pyridoxine in dietetic (alimentary) fibers
US6383514B1 (en) * 1996-11-28 2002-05-07 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Use of mixtures of active substances for the production of hypocholesterolemic agents
US6407085B1 (en) * 1997-01-16 2002-06-18 Horst Kief Medicament containing betasitosterol and/or phytosterol/betasitosterol mixtures
US20020098563A1 (en) * 1999-02-03 2002-07-25 Bozena Korczak Novel core 2 beta-1,6-N-acetylglycosaminyltransferase gene
US6451355B1 (en) * 2000-07-17 2002-09-17 Howard M. Reisner Composition to treat diabetes
US20020156051A1 (en) * 1999-06-23 2002-10-24 Forbes Medi-Tech Inc. Novel structures comprising phytosterol and/or phytostanol and ascorbic acid and use thereof in treating or preventing cardiovascular disease, its underlying conditions and other disorders
US20020183294A1 (en) * 1999-09-29 2002-12-05 Paul Barraclough Sapogenin derivatives and their use in the treatment of cognitive dysfunction
US20020193317A1 (en) * 1998-03-26 2002-12-19 Zongqin Xia Steroidal sapogenins and their derivatives for treating alzheimer's disease
US20030004147A1 (en) * 1999-03-26 2003-01-02 Paul Barraclough 5-beta-sapogenin and pseudosapogenin derivatives and their use in the treatment of dementia
US20030096316A1 (en) * 2001-11-21 2003-05-22 Ingmar Wester Use of apolipoprotein B as a single marker for evaluation of the risk or cardiovascular disease
US6593301B1 (en) * 1997-09-26 2003-07-15 Institute Of Radiation Medicine Use of steroidal saponins for the prophylaxis or treatment of dementia, and novel steroidal saponin compounds
US20030148962A1 (en) * 2000-01-03 2003-08-07 Yongyuan Guan Compound (I), a method for extracting it and pharmaceutical composition containing it
US6635461B1 (en) * 1999-08-24 2003-10-21 Glycozym Aps UDP-N-acetylglucosamine: galactose-β1, 3-N-acetylgalactosamine-α-R/(GlcNAc to GalNAc) β1,6-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase, C2GnT3
US20040038923A1 (en) * 2000-10-06 2004-02-26 Marth Jamey D. Blocking inflammation by inhibiting sialylation
US20040049352A1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2004-03-11 Isabelle Andre Designing modulators for glycosyltransferases
US6787151B2 (en) * 2001-08-10 2004-09-07 Lipton, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Composition for lowering blood cholesterol
US20040220115A1 (en) * 1999-04-09 2004-11-04 Cham Bill E Medicinal compositions and their method of preparation
US20040249138A1 (en) * 2001-09-28 2004-12-09 Chris Lawson Solvent extraction process
US6933291B2 (en) * 2000-12-01 2005-08-23 N.V. Nutricia Cholesterol lowering supplement
US6998501B1 (en) * 1999-08-30 2006-02-14 Ocean Nutrition Canada Limited Nutritional supplement for lowering serum triglyceride and cholesterol levels
US20060052351A1 (en) * 2003-02-10 2006-03-09 Enzymotec Ltd. Oils enriched with diacylglycerols and phytosterol esters for use in the reduction of blood cholestrol and triglycerides and oxidative stress
US20070254847A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2007-11-01 Chengdu Di'ao Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical Composition Containing Steroidal Saponins, the Preparation Method and Use Thereof

Family Cites Families (61)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
SU833254A1 (en) 1979-03-15 1981-05-30 Ордена Ленина Институт Биохимииим. A.H.Баха Ah Cccp Method of obtaining deltonin
IT1195849B (en) 1986-07-01 1988-10-27 Sigma Tau Ind Farmaceuti TRITERPENIC SOAPS WITH ANTI-INFLAMMATORY, MUCOLITIC AND ANTI-EDEMIGEN ACTIVITY, PROCEDURE FOR THEIR OBTAINING AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS THAT INCLUDE THEM
RU2027434C1 (en) 1988-08-16 1995-01-27 Научно-Исследовательский Институт Трансплантологии И Искусственных Органов Immunomodulating drug
JP3123745B2 (en) 1990-03-16 2001-01-15 三和生薬株式会社 Anticancer drug
FR2695317B1 (en) * 1992-09-07 1995-03-10 Monal Lab Composition capable of stimulating the secretion of insulin intended for the treatment of non-insulin-dependent diabetes.
DE4303214A1 (en) 1993-02-04 1994-08-11 Wolfgang Marks Treatment of diseases of viral, viroidal or oncogenic origin by steroid saponins or their aglycones
US5723456A (en) 1993-12-07 1998-03-03 Eli Lilly & Company Therapeutic treatment for cardiovascular diseases
EP0817627B1 (en) 1993-12-23 2005-03-09 Eli Lilly And Company Protein kinase c inhibitors
IL108583A (en) 1994-02-07 1997-06-10 Yissum Res Dev Co Galactomannan emulsions and comestible products containing the same
US5491242A (en) 1994-06-22 1996-02-13 Eli Lilly And Company Protein kinase C inhibitors
ES2208759T3 (en) 1995-08-03 2004-06-16 Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma O-GLICANS INHIBITORS OF THE INFLAMMATION MEDIATED BY SELECTINE.
US5827884A (en) * 1995-09-15 1998-10-27 Omp Acquisition Corporation Skin peel maintenance composition and method
FI107015B (en) 1996-08-09 2001-05-31 Raisio Benecol Oy Mixture of vegetable stanol fatty acid esters and their use in food
US6492335B1 (en) 1996-09-30 2002-12-10 Bayer Aktiengesellschaft Glycoconjugates from modified camptothecin derivatives (20-O-linkage)
CA2186987A1 (en) 1996-10-02 1998-04-02 George L. King Inhibitors of core 2 glcnac-t and use of the inhibitors to prevent or treat cardiomyopathy associated with diabetes
EP1021177A4 (en) 1997-02-04 2002-05-15 John V Kosbab Compositions and methods for prevention and treatment of vascular degenerative diseases
WO1999025197A1 (en) 1997-11-18 1999-05-27 Nutricept, Inc. Fenugreek compositions having reduced taste and odor and methods of use
AU2660099A (en) 1998-02-06 1999-08-23 Medical Isotopes Inc. Readily absorbable phytosterols to treat hypercholesterrolemia
AU3567299A (en) 1998-04-17 1999-11-08 Medical Isotopes Inc. Phytosterol formulations to lower cholesterol absorption
CN1237583A (en) 1998-06-01 1999-12-08 沈阳药科大学 Steroid saponins compound for curing cancer and its preparation method
CA2347940A1 (en) 1998-11-21 2000-06-02 The Regents Of The University Of California Use of core 2 glcnac transferase inhibitors in treating inflammation
AU2946600A (en) 1999-03-04 2000-09-21 Eugene Science Inc. Water-soluble sterol derivative for inhibiting cholesterol absorption and process for preparing the same
AUPP968699A0 (en) 1999-04-09 1999-05-06 Cura Nominees Pty Ltd Therapeutic compositions and method for their preparation
BR0011865A (en) 1999-06-21 2006-06-06 Forbes Medi Tech Inc aromatic and heterocyclic derivatives of phytoterols and / or phytostanols for use in the treatment and prevention of cardiovascular disease
CN1243129A (en) 1999-07-20 2000-02-02 沈阳药科大学 Steroid oside compound for treating cancer and preparation method thereof
JP2001072597A (en) 1999-09-03 2001-03-21 Mercian Corp Anti-herpes viral agent
FR2799759B1 (en) * 1999-10-14 2001-11-30 Oreal COMPOSITION, ESPECIALLY COSMETIC, COMPRISING A SAPOGENIN
WO2001032679A2 (en) 1999-11-01 2001-05-10 Forbes Medi-Tech Inc. Novel glycosides comprising pentose mono-, di-, tri-, or oligosaccharides and phytosterols and/or phytostanols
US20020016314A1 (en) * 2000-01-31 2002-02-07 Schersl Endre Markovits Compositions containing phytosterol and policosanol esters of fatty acids for reducing blood cholesterol and triglycerides
DE10005275A1 (en) 2000-02-07 2001-08-09 Bayer Ag Novel glycoconjugates
US6593119B2 (en) 2000-02-29 2003-07-15 Glycodesign, Inc. Core 2 β-1,6-N-acetylglycosaminyltransferase gene
AU2001256030A1 (en) 2000-05-03 2001-11-12 Glycodesign Inc. Designing modulators for alpha-1, 3 galactosyltransferases based on a structural model
AU781526B2 (en) * 2000-05-30 2005-05-26 Societe Des Produits Nestle S.A. Primary composition containing a lipophilic bioactive compound
US7598055B2 (en) 2000-06-28 2009-10-06 Glycofi, Inc. N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase III expression in lower eukaryotes
WO2002003996A1 (en) 2000-07-12 2002-01-17 RAJKUMAR, Sujatha Use of dammarane-type tritepenoid saporins
GB0105613D0 (en) 2001-03-07 2001-04-25 Univ Cambridge Tech Pharmaceutically effective compounds and their use
JP4995398B2 (en) 2000-09-01 2012-08-08 協和発酵キリン株式会社 Novel polypeptide
WO2002024212A1 (en) 2000-09-25 2002-03-28 Ultimate Life Technology Co., Ltd. Cholesterol in blood-lowering composition and its complex, and method for preparing them
CN1351907A (en) 2000-11-05 2002-06-05 李爱萍 Harmless treatment and utilizing and solidifying process for urban garbage
CN1184229C (en) 2000-12-27 2005-01-12 中国科学院上海药物研究所 Furost saponine analogue and its separation process and use
BR0209199A (en) 2001-04-26 2006-02-07 Bristol Myers Squibb Co Campability control through crystallization
ATE446013T1 (en) 2001-11-16 2009-11-15 Univ Brandeis FINISHED FOODS CONTAINING NON-ESTERIFIED PHYTOSTEROLS RECRYSTALIZED FROM TRIGLYCERIDES
AUPS036402A0 (en) 2002-02-07 2002-02-28 Solbec Pharmaceuticals Limited Rhamnose binding protein
BG106434A (en) 2002-02-25 2003-09-30 Благой АЛЕКСИЕВ Pharmacological subtance
BR0308396A (en) 2002-03-14 2005-01-11 Forbes Medi Techi Inc Process of treating diabetes mellitus including conditions associated with diabetes mellitus and complications of diabetes mellitus
EP1501367B1 (en) 2002-05-03 2011-10-05 Unilever N.V. Food product comprising a phytosterol
AUPS329002A0 (en) 2002-07-01 2002-07-18 Solbec Pharmaceuticals Limited Glycoalkaloid compositions and various uses thereof
CN1179941C (en) 2002-08-14 2004-12-15 技源科技(中国)有限公司 Process for extracting 4-hydroxy-isoleucine and by-products including feungreek gum from seed of feungreek
AU2003276686B2 (en) 2002-08-28 2009-03-26 Lupin Ltd. Herbal extract comprising a mixture of saponins obtained from Sapindus trifoliatus for anticonvulsant activity
WO2004029068A1 (en) 2002-09-25 2004-04-08 Forbes Medi-Tech Inc. Derivatives comprising sterols and/or stanols and specific classes of anti-inflammatory agents and use thereof in treating or preventing cardiovascular disease
JP4222810B2 (en) 2002-10-28 2009-02-12 株式会社 タカマ Gastric mucosa protective agent
AU2003298786A1 (en) 2002-11-26 2004-06-18 Protein Design Labs, Inc. Methods of detecting soft tissue sarcoma, compositions and methods of screening for soft tissue sarcoma modulators
CN1218701C (en) 2002-12-27 2005-09-14 成都地奥制药集团有限公司 Use of spirosterol type steroid saponin in preparing medicine for treating cardio-cerebral vascular disease
AU2003900194A0 (en) 2003-01-15 2003-01-30 Solbec Pharmaceuticals Limited Methods of modulating il-6
BG65737B1 (en) 2003-01-24 2009-09-30 "Софарма" Ад Standardized mixture of steroid saponins, method for the preparation and apllication thereof
US20070275420A1 (en) 2003-03-19 2007-11-29 Chikara Ohyama Method For Detecting Prognosis Of Cancer
WO2004111196A2 (en) 2003-06-10 2004-12-23 Seikagaku Kogyo Kabushiki Kaisha Also Trading As Seikagaku Corporation Mutants of core 2 b-1,6-n-acetylglycosaminyltransferase
GB0329667D0 (en) 2003-12-22 2004-01-28 King S College London Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitor
US20050233013A1 (en) 2004-03-02 2005-10-20 Lee Steve S Methods for enhancing the transport of glucose for balancing blood sugar levels
CN1290509C (en) 2004-03-22 2006-12-20 深圳中药及天然药物研究中心 New use of saponin compound for treating cardiovascular disease
KR100740609B1 (en) 2004-06-11 2007-07-18 주식회사 유니젠 Composition having ginsenosides for treating or preventing angiostenosis and restenosis

Patent Citations (46)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4602003A (en) * 1982-05-17 1986-07-22 Medical Research Foundation Of Oregon Synthetic compounds to inhibit intestinal absorption of cholesterol in the treatment of hypercholesterolemia
US5880091A (en) * 1989-03-08 1999-03-09 The Board Of Regents Of The University Of Oklahoma Glycoprotein ligand for P-selectin and methods of use thereof
US5958770A (en) * 1990-01-18 1999-09-28 Cham; Bill Elliot Glycoalkaloids
US5104856A (en) * 1990-11-09 1992-04-14 Uab Research Foundation Heparan sulfate biosynthesis primers
US5461143A (en) * 1991-03-18 1995-10-24 The Scripps Research Institute Oligosaccharide enzyme substrates and inhibitors: methods and compositions
US5486510A (en) * 1991-03-28 1996-01-23 Rooperol (Na) Nv Method and compositions for modulating or control of immune responses in humans
US5624832A (en) * 1992-10-01 1997-04-29 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation β1 6 N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase, its acceptor molecule, leukosialin, and a method for cloning proteins having enzymatic activity
US5658778A (en) * 1992-10-01 1997-08-19 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation β1-6 N-acetylglucosaminyl, transferase, its acceptor molecule, leukosialin, and a method for cloning proteins having enzymatic activity
US5684134A (en) * 1992-10-01 1997-11-04 La Jolla Cancer Research Center Antibody specific for β1→6 N-acetylglucosamininyltransferase
US5360733A (en) * 1992-10-01 1994-11-01 La Jolla Cancer Research Foundation Human β1-6 n-acetylglucosaminyl transferase
US5843707A (en) * 1992-10-23 1998-12-01 Genetics Institute, Inc. Nucleic acid encoding a novel P-selectin ligand protein
US5589182A (en) * 1993-12-06 1996-12-31 Tashiro; Renki Compositions and method of treating cardio-, cerebro-vascular and alzheimer's diseases and depression
US5965449A (en) * 1996-07-03 1999-10-12 Forbes Medi-Tech, Inc. Method of assessing risk for cardiovascular disease and other disorders and phytosterol-based compositions useful in preventing and treating cardiovascular disease and other disorders
US6131578A (en) * 1996-10-02 2000-10-17 King; George L. Inhibitors of UDP-G1cNAc:Ga1β1-3Ga1NAcαR β1-6 N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase (core 2 G1cNAc-T) and use of the inhibitors to prevent or treat cardiomyopathy associated with diabetes
US6383514B1 (en) * 1996-11-28 2002-05-07 Henkel Kommanditgesellschaft Auf Aktien Use of mixtures of active substances for the production of hypocholesterolemic agents
US6407085B1 (en) * 1997-01-16 2002-06-18 Horst Kief Medicament containing betasitosterol and/or phytosterol/betasitosterol mixtures
US6042834A (en) * 1997-01-29 2000-03-28 Baraka; Mohamed Wasif Herbal composition for diabetes and method of treatment
US5997877A (en) * 1997-05-26 1999-12-07 Emerald Seed Products Ltd. Method of extraction of commercially valuable fractions of fenugreek
US5886029A (en) * 1997-09-05 1999-03-23 Dhaliwal; Kirpal S. Method and composition for treatment of diabetes
US6593301B1 (en) * 1997-09-26 2003-07-15 Institute Of Radiation Medicine Use of steroidal saponins for the prophylaxis or treatment of dementia, and novel steroidal saponin compounds
US5985936A (en) * 1997-12-18 1999-11-16 Forbes Medi-Tech, Inc. Method of preventing and delaying onset of Alzheimer's disease and composition therefor
US5952393A (en) * 1998-02-12 1999-09-14 Sorkin, Jr.; Harlan Lee Composition for reducing serum cholesterol levels
US20020193317A1 (en) * 1998-03-26 2002-12-19 Zongqin Xia Steroidal sapogenins and their derivatives for treating alzheimer's disease
US6087353A (en) * 1998-05-15 2000-07-11 Forbes Medi-Tech Inc. Phytosterol compositions and use thereof in foods, beverages, pharmaceuticals, nutraceuticals and the like
US20020098563A1 (en) * 1999-02-03 2002-07-25 Bozena Korczak Novel core 2 beta-1,6-N-acetylglycosaminyltransferase gene
US20040033521A1 (en) * 1999-02-03 2004-02-19 Glycodesign, Inc. Novel core 2 beta-1, 6-N-acetylglycosaminyltransferas E gene
US20030004147A1 (en) * 1999-03-26 2003-01-02 Paul Barraclough 5-beta-sapogenin and pseudosapogenin derivatives and their use in the treatment of dementia
US20040220115A1 (en) * 1999-04-09 2004-11-04 Cham Bill E Medicinal compositions and their method of preparation
US20020156051A1 (en) * 1999-06-23 2002-10-24 Forbes Medi-Tech Inc. Novel structures comprising phytosterol and/or phytostanol and ascorbic acid and use thereof in treating or preventing cardiovascular disease, its underlying conditions and other disorders
US6635461B1 (en) * 1999-08-24 2003-10-21 Glycozym Aps UDP-N-acetylglucosamine: galactose-β1, 3-N-acetylgalactosamine-α-R/(GlcNAc to GalNAc) β1,6-N-acetylglucosaminyltransferase, C2GnT3
US20040203111A1 (en) * 1999-08-24 2004-10-14 Glycozym Aps UDP-N-acetylglucosamine: galactose-B1,3-N-acetylgalactosamine-a-R/ (GlcNAc to GalNAc) B1-6 N- acetylglucosaminyltransferase, C2GnT3
US6998501B1 (en) * 1999-08-30 2006-02-14 Ocean Nutrition Canada Limited Nutritional supplement for lowering serum triglyceride and cholesterol levels
US6197832B1 (en) * 1999-09-14 2001-03-06 Harlan Lee Sorkin, Jr. Composition for reducing serum cholesterol levels
US20020183294A1 (en) * 1999-09-29 2002-12-05 Paul Barraclough Sapogenin derivatives and their use in the treatment of cognitive dysfunction
US20030148962A1 (en) * 2000-01-03 2003-08-07 Yongyuan Guan Compound (I), a method for extracting it and pharmaceutical composition containing it
US20040049352A1 (en) * 2000-05-10 2004-03-11 Isabelle Andre Designing modulators for glycosyltransferases
US20020018811A1 (en) * 2000-05-15 2002-02-14 Penteado Roberto Luiz Bruno Application of phytosteroids(and isomers thereof), folic acid, cyanocobalamine and pyridoxine in dietetic (alimentary) fibers
US6346267B1 (en) * 2000-07-07 2002-02-12 Wakunaga Of America Co., Ltd. Composition and method for treatment of symptoms associated with insufficient estrogen production
US6451355B1 (en) * 2000-07-17 2002-09-17 Howard M. Reisner Composition to treat diabetes
US20040038923A1 (en) * 2000-10-06 2004-02-26 Marth Jamey D. Blocking inflammation by inhibiting sialylation
US6933291B2 (en) * 2000-12-01 2005-08-23 N.V. Nutricia Cholesterol lowering supplement
US6787151B2 (en) * 2001-08-10 2004-09-07 Lipton, Division Of Conopco, Inc. Composition for lowering blood cholesterol
US20040249138A1 (en) * 2001-09-28 2004-12-09 Chris Lawson Solvent extraction process
US20030096316A1 (en) * 2001-11-21 2003-05-22 Ingmar Wester Use of apolipoprotein B as a single marker for evaluation of the risk or cardiovascular disease
US20060052351A1 (en) * 2003-02-10 2006-03-09 Enzymotec Ltd. Oils enriched with diacylglycerols and phytosterol esters for use in the reduction of blood cholestrol and triglycerides and oxidative stress
US20070254847A1 (en) * 2004-09-30 2007-11-01 Chengdu Di'ao Pharmaceutical Group Co., Ltd. Pharmaceutical Composition Containing Steroidal Saponins, the Preparation Method and Use Thereof

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20100248365A1 (en) * 2009-03-27 2010-09-30 Zacharon Pharmaceuticals, Inc. Ganglioside biosynthesis modulators
CN102617698A (en) * 2012-03-14 2012-08-01 云南省药物研究所 Method for preparing fine dioscin and application of fine dioscin
CN109575102A (en) * 2018-09-08 2019-04-05 江西中医药大学 The application of trilliaceae total steroidal saponin and wherein steroid saponin compound in preparation treatment ulcerative colitis drug

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20100256077A1 (en) 2010-10-07
US8197794B2 (en) 2012-06-12
US20120202758A1 (en) 2012-08-09

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20110152209A1 (en) Core 2 GlcNAc-T Inhibitors
US8609633B2 (en) Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors
US20100048495A1 (en) Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors III
US8197794B2 (en) Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors
US20070010460A1 (en) Multiple sclerosis therapy and diagnosis
AU2006264635B2 (en) Core 2 GlcNAc-T inhibitors

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
AS Assignment

Owner name: BTG INTERNATIONAL LIMITED, UNITED KINGDOM

Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:CHIBBER, RAKESH;HAGAN, RUSSELL;REEL/FRAME:020782/0680;SIGNING DATES FROM 20080228 TO 20080304

STCB Information on status: application discontinuation

Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO RESPOND TO AN OFFICE ACTION